ML20077B926
| ML20077B926 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Nine Mile Point  |
| Issue date: | 06/01/1983 |
| From: | Perkins T, Raymond R, Roman T NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORP. |
| To: | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML17053D948 | List: |
| References | |
| PROC-830601, NUDOCS 8307250499 | |
| Download: ML20077B926 (240) | |
Text
{{#Wiki_filter:, 9 NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION EERGENCY PIAN IMPLEMENTING PROCED.URES PROCEDURE NO. EP P-2 I FIRE FIGHTING FOR 'lNFORMATION ONLY DATE AND INITIALS APPROVALS SIGNATURES REVISION 8 REVI SION S, REVI SION 10 Chemistry & Radiation Management Superintendent p:/,yy gjgg
,d g E . M . Lea ch u ~ x .-L e nt-0 /3 Supervisor Nuclear Security 3 V/83 -
R. F. Orr [ /M. / //~O }dvAhf3 p Fire Protection R a nd . gtg. _ #ces. Stat ion Superintendent,.g ,, f - ,e u Roman d ,Gldn Y A YS NO.
,/ /
///' '
jV General Superintendent
~
Nuclear Generation gf7[fg 4//[gg fII Qiairman T. J. Perkins of S.O.R.C.If' t[L 2&O / 'I 'I M j i Y i l Suma ry o f Pages REVISION o l PAGES DATE ! i,2,4-6, 9,11 May 1983 1,3,7.8,10,12-13 February 1983 l NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION THIS ?ROCEDURE NOT TO BE USED AFIER Mav l985.
*Proprietory infor: nation. For SUEJECT TO PE RIODIC REVIEW .
controlled copies only. l ! B307250499 830719 D/ l PDR ADOCK 05000220 F PDR
EPP-2 FIRE FIGHTING SECTION CONTENTS PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 1
2.0 REFERENCES
1 3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 1 4.0 NOTIFICATION 3 5.0 PROCEDURE 4 5.1 Person Discovering Fire 4 9 5.2 Chief Shift Operator 4 5.3 Licew ed Nuclear Operator 5 5.4 Nuclear Fire Chief 6 5.5 NMP Fire Department 6 5.6 Chemistry & Radiation Protection 7 5.7 Station Shift Supervisor 8 5.8 Station Personnel 8 5.9 Security Force 8 6.0 PROCEDURE FOR LOCAL PANEL 8 & 10 (Meteorological Tower and Energy Information Center) 10 FIGURES 1 Fire Fighting Checklist (Control Room / CS0) 11 2 Fire Fighting Checklist (Security Building) 12 3 Fire Fighting Checklist (Chemistry & Radiation Management Department) 13 I
. .-- g EPP-2 -1 May 1983
EPP-2 FIRE FIGHTING . 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this fire fighting p rocedure is to provide for the p romp t and e fficient hand ling o f any fire, regardless of size or 8 pre sence of radioactivity by t he on site Nine Mile Po int Fire Depa rtmen t . 2.0 REFERENCE S 2.1 EAP-1, Activation and Direction of Emergency Plan
- 2. 2 EPP-4, Personnel Injury or Illness 2.3 EPP-5, Station Evacuation
- 2. 3 EPP-20 Emergency Notifications 3.0 RESPONSIBILIhIES In order to ensure the complete and appropriate handling of any fire related eme rgency at the site, the following position listing provides. as sociated as signment responsibilities :
3.1 Supervisor Fire Protection
- a. Ihe Fire Protection Supervisor perfo rms general planning, testing,. inspe ction and overseeing of the station fire protection act ivitie s. Pe riodic testing of the systems and portable equipment is pe rformed by shift fire p rotection personnel under the direction of the Fire Protection Supervisor.
3.2 Nuclear Fire Chief
- a. Maintains adminis trative responsibilitie s, which include plant fire p reventive inspe ct ion s , reco rd t rans ient fire l oad s ,
acknowledgement of fire protection and detection systems out-of-service , plant fire drills, periodic NMP Fire Department briefing's, and participation in fire incident investigations.
- b. Responds to all fire alarms.
- c. Pe -iodically reviews capabilitie s and limita tions of fire fighting equipment; and initiates corrective a ct ion s ,' if necess ary .
EP P-2 -1 February 1983 - Ed
-A,
. ~ 79 . - - , ,p ,v. r,- - .,- 9 , ,.-_,._,,p, , , -ry..r - p g,,, ,..,, , , , ,
.,--,.-.,7r w 9 9
o-1 l l 3.2 Nuclear Fire Chief (Cont.) .
- d. Maiutains joint respouse control with off-site fire department 1 Chief, and provides technical advice pertaining to radiological protection of persouuel and any special hazards.
- e. Arranges for appropriate departure activities for off-site fire fighters (e.g., contaminatiou coutrol).
- f. Evaluates the c'fectiveness of commtinications within the NMP Fire Department and with the on-scene fire teau leader, the reactor operators in the control Room, the plant physical security organization (see Sect. 3.6, below), the off-site fire organization, and any other command post.
- g. Coordinate training with off-site fire departments so that responsibilities and duties are delineated in advance, and they are aware of the need for radiological protection of personnel and the special hazards associated with a nuclear power plant.
3.3 Nuclear Fire Fighter a. Participates in fire drills and attends periodic fire fighting and familiarization training and refresher sessions.
- b. Responds to ALL fire alarms, and performs actions under the direct guidance of the Fire Chief.
- c. Ensures that any required training / certification is kept current and up-to-date.
3.4 Station shift Supervisor ~
- a. Evaluates the causequencea of a fire, as it pertains to nuclear safety, and the probability of its effect on the overall operation of the plaut; includius the potential spreading of the affected areas and systems.
- b. Initiates station evacuation, if necessary.
- c. Assumes the role of Emergency Director, until properly relieved.
3.5 Licensed Nuclear Operator 9
- a. Provides technical advice to the Nuclear Fire Chief in regard to current plant operating status.
- b. Providas current fire status reports to the Station Shift Supervisor.
W, EPP-2 -2 May 1983
- i 3.6 Chief Shif t Operator
- a. Activates station fire alarm in response to a personnel report or as a res ul t of the annunciatioti of the automatic fire detection system.
- b. Requests o f f-s ite fire fighting as sis tance upon the recommendation of the Nuclear Fire Chief.
- c. Activates station evacuation alarm in response to a tire requiring a general area station evacuation.
. 8
- d. Provides a termination announcement to station pe rsonnel upon receiving notification f rom the Nuclear Fire Chief.
- 3. 7 Station Security
- a. Verifies receipt of fire alarm, expedites the arrival of of f-site fire fighting assistance on-site and maintains required personnel accountability.
- b. Provides responding o f f-s ite personnel with approp riate dosimetry.
- c. Maintains plant physical security and performs required personnel notifications.
3.8 Chemistrv and Radiation Management Department
- a. ProYides radia tion protection as sis tance to the Nuclear F ire Chief during fires.
- b. Ass is ts Pe rsonnel Accountability Coordinator in accounting for station personnel at scene of fire.
4.0 NOTIFICATION 4.1 visual Detection The person who discovers a fire notifies the control room, giving the location and type of fire before making any a ttemp t at fire f ighting. He should remain on the phone until the announcement is j made on the public address system. EP P-2 -3 F ebruary 1983 . 7..sa l l l
, , . - , , , , , . , .- ~.
)
4.2 Automatic Fire Detection Systems , Autom. tic fire datection equipment is provided for those areas protected by fixed extinguishing systems and in certain other areas where early fire detection is desirable. The fire detection system actuates an annunciator system in the main Control Room which informs the Control Room Operator of the location of the fire. Once alarms are received, the Chief Shift Operator will inform the Station Shif t Supervisor, a designated Licensed Nuclear Operator and the NMP Fire 9 Department of its location. 5.0 PROCEDURE 5.1 Person Discovering Fire Af ter he has notified the Control Room of the location and type of fire i.ad the announcement is made on the public address system, he should take initial fire fightiuh ctions or if not knowledgeable in fire fighting techniques leave the area. He should take all necessary precautious to protect himself. I 5.2 Chief Shift Operator (See Figure 1)
- a. Upon notification vf a fire, either by personal report or by annunciation of the automatic detection system, the Chief Shif t Operator shall sound the fire alarm for ten (10) seconds .nd then announce over the public address system " Attention, a fire has ween detected in (location of fire). The NMP Fire Department shall report to (location of fire)", repeat alarm and announcement twice.
- b. Turu up the volume on the Oswego County Fire and Station UHF radio base stations.
- c. If the annunciation is from Local Panel 8 (Meteorological Tower) or Local Panel 10 (Energy Information Center) immediately call Oswego County Fire Control (343-6535) requesting fire fighting assistance for the area involved. DO NOT SOUND FIRE ALAE 9 - See Section 6.0. If busy or no answer call (343-8571). The CSO will then notify security that an offsite Fire Department has been summoned.
- d. If the Control Room Operator does uot receive an acknowledgement from the Station Shift Supervisor, Nuclear Fire Chief, 9 desianated Licensed liuclear Operator and Security in i approximately 60 seconds, he will repeat Step 5.2.a. !
. T#
'- EPP-2 -4 May 1933 "" -
5.2 (Continued)
- e. If reqested by the Nuclear Fire Chief ' call Oswego County Fire Control at the number listed below and request fire fighting assitance at the Nine Mile Point Unit 1.
343-6555 (if busy or no answer, call 343-8571) If both numbers are busy or no answer, contact Oswego County Fire Control using the fire radio,
- f. Initiate any "Special Operating Procedures" required.
- g. Observe ARMS, CAMS and stack monitors for increased levels.
- h. Sound the station evacuation alarm if requested to do so by the Nuclear Fire Chief.
- 1. Upon notification from the Nuclear Fire Chief that the fire has been extinguished or the event has been determined to be a false riarm. Sound the station alarm fur 10 sec. and announce the termination of the event.
5.3 Licensed Nuclear Operator (Advisor to the Nuclear Fire Chief) g
- a. Contact Control Room and acknowledge receipt of the fire alarm.
- b. ProI:eed to the location of the fire with a radio and set up .
command post with Nuclear Fire Chief. Investigate area of alarm
~- -
and immediately report status to the Control Room. 5.4 Nuclear Fire Chief
- a. Contact Control Room and acknowledge receipt of the fire alarm.
- b. Pick up a portable fire radio.
- c. Proceed to the location of the fire and sat up a command post.
Ensure the Licensed Nuclear Operator and a Security Guard are 9 available to coordinate communications with their respective departments.
- d. Investigate area of alarm and report status to the Control Room directly or through the Licensed Nuclear Operator.
9
- e. Contact Control Room directly or through the Licensed Nuclear Operator and request CSO to call Oswego County Fire Control to ;
obtain outside fire fiehting assistance, if deemed necessary.
- f. Contact security force directly or through security guard at
! command post and direct the security force to escort the off-site fire department and any other vehicles required for the I emergency to the emergency vehicle staging area when they arrive. l L EPP-2 -5 May 1983 l I
a . N l
~
5.4 Nuclear Fire Chief (Cont.)
- g. Contact Control Room and request a station evacuation of all non-essential personnel, if deemed necessary.
- h. Supervise and coordinate the efforts of the fire fighters to control and extinguish the fire. Any equipment taken off the trucks shall not be returned to the trucks until surveyed for contamination and released.
- 1. Once the fire is extinguished or event has been determined to be a false alarm, contact control room and notify them of fire status.
, J. When off-site firemen are ready to leave, arrange to have ALL firemen and their equipment surveyed. All contaminated equipment should be decoutsminated or retained at the station for decontamination.
5.5 Nine Mile Point Fire Department
- a. The NMP Fire Department shift complement is comprised of the following:
1 - Nuclear Fire Chief 4 - Nuclear Fire Fighters 1 - Licensed Nuclear Operecor 9 VOTT; ' During normal working hours the Fire Department will receive assistance from the reserve fire brigade if they are available. This brigade is made up of three I individuals from each of the following departments - Maintenance
~ Instrument and Control Chemistry and Radiation Protection
- b. The NMP Fire Department shall respond to ALL fires.
l c. The MIP Fire Department will immediately proceed to the location of the fire, picking up self-contained breathing apparatus and protective clothing at the nearest storair,e area. Storage areas are located at:
- 1. Turbine Building - Elevation 261', S.E. Corner
- 2. Turbine Building - Elevation 277', S.E. Corner
- 3. Turbine Building - Elevation 300', S.E. Corner
- 4. Reactor Building - Elevation 237', N.E. Corner
- 5. Reactor Bus.lding - Elevation 261', N.W. Corner
- 6. Off-Gas Building - Elevation 261', Entrance
- 7. Administrative Building - Elevation 261', Locker Room Area
- 8. Screen House - Elevation 261', S.W. Corner
- d. Persons entering smokey areas or fighting fires shall use the self-contained breathing apparatus.
._ g EPP-2 -6 May 1983
.~m.;.
. t. .
5.5 (Continued) ,
- e. If off-site fire fighting assistance has been requested, the Nuclear Fire Chief and the off-site Fire Chief win be jointly in charge of the fire fighting forces.
- f. The NMP Fire Department will assist the off-site fire departments in fire fighting.
NOTE: Off-site Fire Department Coat Identification White- Chief Yellow- Officers Black or Red- Firemen 5.6 Chemistry and Radiation Management Department (See Figure 3) 8
- a. Upon receipt of a fire alarm and announcement, send an inplant survey team with radio to the location of the fire to assist the Nuclear Fire Chief in evaluating any radiological aspects of the fire. During normal hours this team should be comprised of '
members of the reserve fire brigade. j NOTE: Departmental assistance will be directed by a Chief . Technician until relieved by a Chemistry and Rad. Mgt. ' Department Supervisor. ' [ b. Have survey team take air samples as necessary in areas where 4 the fire fighters are working, and ensure that samping does not interfere with the fire. fighting.
- c. When the fire is extinguished, provide the necessary staff to survey all personnel and equipment used at the fire scene.
- d. In the event of a station evacuation perform the following:
- 1. To aid in accountability, instruct the survey team to report back the names of all individuals at the scene.
Ensure this information is passaed on to the Personnel Accountability Coordinator.
- 2. Contact the Chemistry & Radiation Protection Assistant in the Control Room and have him check the CAMS and stack l
monitors to see if " fouling" is occuring due to smoke removal from plant.
- 3. Dispatch a survey team to monitor contractors assembling at their work location headquarters (ie north and south trailer areas).
l l e. During off-hours utill:e departmental callout list to provide j radiological assistance to the Nuclear Fire Chief, if necessary.
.~ ,.o
~
, e.
l ' EPP-2 -7 February 1983 '
)
I . t I d a 5.7 Station Shift Supervisor .
- a. Contact Control Room and acknowledge receipt of the fire.
[ b. May proceed to the fire to adequately assess its effect on station operations and shall then proceed to the main Control i Room to direct appropriate station operation (e.g., plant shutdown).
- c. If the Nuclear Fire Chief has requested a station evacuation, or requested outside fire fia,hting assitance, perform steps d) and e), below:
- d. Perform actions required per EAP-1 as Emergency Director until relieved.
- e. To aid in accountability, provide Personnel Accountability 8 Coordinator with the' names of any individuals known to be at the fire scene. i i
- f. Prior to allowing Off-site Fire Departments to depart ensure personnel, vehicles, and equipment have been surveyed by '
Radiation Protection. Once equipment and personnel contamination levels have been determined to be within station control levels, contact Security Building and notify them of this fact. 5.8 Station Personnel
- a. Upon hearing the " fire alarm" station personnel should stay clear of the area described in the announcement and be aware that a station evacuation may be necessary. 8
- b. If the station evacuation alaru is sounded all personnel in the station and the administrative building, shall evacuate immediately to their designated assembly areas and report to their personnel accountability representative for a head count (see EPP-5, " Station Evacuation"). Personnel actively engaged in fighting the fire will not evacuate, but will make their i 8 location and status known to either the inplant survey team or '
SSS. ' 5.9 Security Force (See Figure 2)
- a. Contact Control Room 2nd acknowledge receipt of fire alarm. '
- b. Dispatch a guard with a radio to the fire scene command post to coordinate communications between the Security Department and 8 the Nuclear Fire Chief.
- c. Turn volume up on the fire radio and monitor continuously during the fire emergency.
e
.7 EPP-2 -8 February 1983
1 5.9 (Continued)
- d. During off hours immediately notify the Supervisor Fire Protection, *
. (or pager), and the Faergency Coordinator
* (or pager).
- e. Dispatch a guard and vehicle to Lake Road to direct responaing fire vehicles and personnel to appropriate access road and Emergency Vehicle Staging Area. When needed, security will escort trucks to the scene of the fire when directed by the Nuclear' Fire Chief. A security guard will stay with the fire trucks at all times. Normal sign-in procedure can be waived and a head count will be taken.
- f. When the off-site fire departments arrive, issue film badges to all personnel and then notify the Nuclear fire Chief and SSS directly or through security guard at the fire command post and Control Room SAS of the number of trucks and time they arrived 9 on-site. Ensure roadway to fire location is kept clear of any obstructions so emergency vehicles can respond unhfndered.
- g. Prior to allowing off-site fire departments to depart ensure the following have been completed:
- 1) Film badges collected.
- 2) Data for Fils badge Issue sheets and entrance registration log has been collected.
- 3) Personnel, vehicles, and equipment have been surveyed by Radiation Protection and cleared for departure by SSS.
- h. During off hours perform necessary notification required per ~~ ~
EPP-20, Figure 3 " Security Off Houra Emergency Contact List."
- i. Notify CSO that call (s) have been made.
If the evacuation alarm is sounded, perform steps j & k. J. Prevent non-emergency personnel from leaving the site. Direct these individuals to their designated assembly areas for accountability.
- k. Sergeant directs a guard to obtain roll call anc Entrance Registration Log and proceed to the Operation Support Center area for accoutability.
NOTE: During the fire emergency, do not allow personnel into the plant or site unless they have emergency plan responsibility and appropriate identificaton cards as indicated in EPP-14 " Emergency Access Control"..
- Proprietory information. For controlled copies only.
w _ pP-2 -9 May 1983 .;- , I
6.0 LOCAL PANEL 8 (Meteorological Tower) and LOC 1J., PANEL 10 (Energy Information Center)
- a. Chief Shift Operator will perform the following:
- 1. Call Oswego County Fire Control - 343-6555 and request fire fighting assistance for the area involved (if busy call 343-8571).
- 2. Inform the Security Department that an alarm has been received from either LP 8 or LP 10.
- 3. Notify the Station Shift Supervisor on duty of the fire alarm received.
- b. Security will perform the following:
- 1. If conditions permit - dispatch a guard and vehicle to the area involved with a fire radio.
- 2. Call the following site personnel:
- 1. On-call Supervisor
- 11. Supervisor Fire Protection - t
- t 111. Area Safety Director -
- s iv. Energy Information Center Director - *
~
- 3. Advise Oswego County Fire Control, via fire radio, of conditions.
*Proprietory information. For controlled copies only.
[ l l
' 7 "#
iPP-2 -10 February 1983 ; 1 l 1 l l i
FIGURE 1 FIRE FIGHTING CHECKLIST (Control Room /CS0) DATE: NMIE: s INITIAL / TIME
- a. Sound fire alarm for 10 seconds and announce over PA system " Attention, a fire has been detected in (location of fire). The NMP Fire Department shall report to (location of fir e) . " Repeat alarm and announcement twice.
- b. Turn up volume on the Oswego Fire / Rescue and UHF radio base stations.
- c. Designated Licensed Nuclear Operator responded. 9
- d. SSS responded.
- e. -
Nuclear Fire Chief responded.
- f. Security Force responded.
- g. If reqested by the Nuclear Fire Chief call Oswego l , County Fire Control at the number listed below and request fire fighting assitance at the Nine Mile Point Unit 1.
343-6555 (if busy or no answer, call 343-8571) i If both numbers are busy or no answer, contact Oswego County Fire Control using the fire radio. l l
- h. Process monitors checked.
- 1. Initiate any required Special Operating Procedure (s).
j When directed by Station Shift Supervisor, sound station evacuation alarm and announce evacuation per EAP-1 Figure 3.
- k. Upon notification from the Nuclear Fire Chief that the fire has been extinguished or the event has been deteremined to be a fal.se alarm, sound station alarm for 10 sec. and announce the termination of the event.
; . EPP-2 -11 May 1983 1
I
FIGURE 2 FIRE FIGHTING CHECKLIST ~ (Security Building / Security Shift Supervisors) DAIE: NAME: 4 INITIAL /TDIE
- a. Acknowledge receipt of alarm to CSO.
- b. Dispatch a Security Guard with a radio to the fire scene command post to coordinate communications between the Security Department and the Nuclear Fire Chief.
- c. Turn up volume on Oswego Fire / Rescue and UHF base stations. ,
- d. Off Hours:
Contact Supervisor Fire Protection 4
- or pager) and the Emergency Coordinator Tor pager).
. 8
- e. -
Dispatch a guard and vehicle to Lake Road to direct responding fire vehicles and personnel to the appropriate access road and Emergency Vehicle Staging i j area.
- f. Issue film badges to firemen.
- g. Notify Nuclear Fire Chief and SSS directly or through security guard at command post and Control Room SAS, of the number of fire trucks and the time they arrived on Site.
l h. Off Hours: Make calls per EPP-20, Figure 3. l s
- 1. CSO notified that call (s) have been made.
J. If a Station Evacuation Alarm is sounded, dispatch a roll call & visitor list to Operations Support Center.
- k. Prior to allowing off-site Fire Departments to depart ensure:
- 1) Film badges collected and data logged. >
- 2) Data for film badge issue sheets and entrance registration log has been collected.
- 3) Personnel, vehicles, and equipment have been surveyed by Radiation Protection and cleared for depart =ent by SSS.
oProprietory information. For controlled copies oniv. EPP-2 -12 F&um M83 '~~M~ w-,. , , - - + . - , . , - , , . - . - - - - - . ,- .. .- - - -
i. l FIGURE 3 FIRE FIGHTING CHECKLIST (Chemistry and Radiation Management Department) DATE : NA)E: INITIAL / TIME
- a. When fire alarm is sounded send an inplant survey team to fire location to as sist Nuclea r Fire Chie f in evaluating radiological aspects of fire.
- b. Take air samples as necessary in area fire fig hters are working.
- c. When fire is extinguished, p rovide necess ary s upport to survey persomel and equipment at fire scene.
- d. If Station Evacuation Alarm is sounded, have a survey team report back names of all at scene of fire and refer names to Personnel Accountability Coordinator.
i e. CAMS and stack monitors being checked.
- f. Off-hours utilize departmental callout list to provide radiological assistance to the Nuclear Fire Chie f if nece ss ary .
I
- g. During a station evacuation dispatch a survey team to monitor contractors assembling at their work location
. headquarter s .
l l l l l l EP P-2 -13 F ebruary 1983 l I
. - T&
I L
^
t NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION EMERCENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES I PROCEDURE NO. EPP-3 SEARCH AND RESCUE OR INFORfAATION OHlX DATE AND INITIALS APPROVALS SIGNATURES REVISION 4 REVISION 5 REVISION 6 Chemistry & Radiation Management Superintendent j ~; ~z-
/A j y/ky/3-J E. M. Leach &J x~ [?~~-gg fLi Supervisor og Nuclear Security ,, f /f8L.
//,
NWS3 M R. F. Orr / [GW4 ,p/) ' g, Supervisor pg, 7/fffyy 4/jff3 Fire Protection R. L. Raymond - f.* y& g4 /M Station Superintend [ T Roman & i)a.dk gs . h _ // /d N h
)7/ ~~/ j'1 General Superintenden// t Nuclear Generation g . .
g,[7[g Chairman of S.O.R.C. T. J. Perkins IN [ 4I%.b> dt/ / 10[2 N/ l / .' Summary of Pages Revision 6 Paces Date i,1,3,5,6,8 May 1983 2,4 February 1983 7 May 1982 NIACARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION oProprietory information. For controlled copies only. THIS PROCEDURE NOT To BE USED AFTER DFIM-SUBJECT TO PERIODIC REVIEW. ,
- :-~g
. ,. q
- EPP-3 .
SEARCH AND RESCUE Section Contents Page 1.0 Purpose 1 2.0 References 1 3.0 Responsibilities 1 4.0 Procedure
~
2 4.1 Notification of Missing or Trapped Person 2 4.2 Initiation of Search / Rescue Operations 3 i 4.3 Personnel Actions 4 4.3.1 Station Shift Supervisor 4 4.3.2 Nuclear Fire Chief 4 4.3.3 Nine Mile Point Fire Department 5 4.3.4 Licensed Nuclear Operator 5 6 4.3.5 Chemistry and Radiation Management Dept. 6 4.3.6 Security 6
' ~
4.4 Guidelines for Complicating Conditions 6 4.5 Termination of Search and Rescue 7 Emergency Actions Figure 1 CSO Checklist Search and Rescue 8 4 4
~
.m. .,.
EPP-3 -1 May 1983
- I i
EPP-3 , { SEARCH AND RESCUE 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides the guidelines for determining the actions to be taken for the search and/or rescue of personnel who may be trapped or disabled in some area of the station.
2.0 REFERENCES
2.1 NCRP Report No. 39 Basic Radiation Protection Criteria
. 2.2 EPP-2 Fire Fighting 2.3 EPP-4 Personnel Injury or Illness 3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The following position listing provides associated assignment responsibilities for key staff involved in plant search and rescue activities.
3.1 Station Shift Suoervisor
- a. Maintains knowledge, through the Chief Shift Operator, designated Licensed Nuclear Operator, and Nuclear Fire Chief 6
regarding the current status of search and rescue activities as they pertain to plant operations and potential /actaal system operational changes. 3.2 Chief Shift operator
- a. Activates search and/or rescue activities in response to reports by station personnel.
- b. Activates additional search and rescue assistance if requested by the Nuclear Fire Chief, or warranted by station operating conditions, and contact required personnel.
- c. Provides the Station Shift Supervisor with current search and rescue status reports; including potential / actual impacts on station operations.
3.3 Licensed Nuclear Querator , 6
- a. Provides technical advice to the Nuclear Fire Chief in regards to current plant operating status.
- b. Provide current search and rescue status reports to the Chief -
Shift Operator and/or the Station Shift Supervisor. EPP-3 -1 May 1933
3.4 Nuclear Fire Chief ,
- a. Periodically reviews capabilities and limitations of search and 3
rescue equipment; and initiates corrective actions, if necessary. '
- b. Responds to and directs all search and rescue operations.
3.5 Nuclear Fire Fighter -
- a. Responds to ALL search and rescue announcements, and performs actions under the direction of the Nuclear Fire Chief.
- b. Ensures that any required training / certification is kept current and up-to-date.
- c. Participates in search and rescue drills and attends periodic 5 training and plant fan 111arization classes.
3.6 Station Security
- a. Assists the Chief Shift Operator (or Control Room) in determining location of missing personnel. 5
- b. Maintains plant physical security and perfo: ns required personnel notifications.
3.7 Chemistry and Radiation Management Department
- a. Provides radiation protection assistance during search and rescue operations. 5
.- 4.0 PROCEDURE 4.1 Notification of Missing or Trapped Person 4.1.1 Immediately upon being aware that an individual may be missing and/or trapped or disabled, the individual who discovers the situation shall call the Control Room, report the situation, and provide the following information if known:
- a. Name of the individual missing and/or trapped or disabled.
- b. Location of the individual if the individual is trapped or disabled; or, last known location and possible present location l of an individual who is missing.
! c. Any circumstances which may affect search and rescue operations, such as fire, explosion, or high radiation levels. 4.1.2 If an individual is =issing, the Chief Shift Operator shall proceed in accordance with Section 4.2. If an individual is trapped or disabled, the Chief Shift Operator shall proceed in accordance with Section 4.3. m_y
' EPP-3 -2 February 1983
4.2 Initiation of Search and kescue Operations 1 4.2.1 Search Operations Chiaf Shift Operator:
- a. Call the Security Bumh and find out whether or not the t missing individual's security badge is in the rack and whether '
or not the computer shows the individual to be on-site or iff-site. If the individual is shown to be off-site, no further action is necessary.
- b. If the individual is shown to be on-site, contact the individual's supervisor.
- c. If the individual's supervisor does not know his location, page the individual using the PA system.
- d. If the page is not answered in a minute or two, repeat the page.
- a. If an answer is not received in another three or four minutes, make the following announcement twice over the PA systau:
"ATIENTION ALL PERSONNEL: IF ANYONE EN0'n'S THE PRESE:C LOCATION OF (name of missin. individual), PLEASE CALL THE CONTROL ROOM IMEDIATELY" .
4.2.2 If the missin, individual has not been located following the ) completion of step 4.2.1 proceau to step 4.2.3. 4.2.3 Rescue Operations t , Chief Shitt Operator (See Figure 1):
- a. When it is determined that a person is missing or trapped, the Chief Shift Operator should sound the station alarm for approximately 10 seconds and then announce: " Attention, the NMP Fire Department should report to (location of area) ." Repeat 1
alarm and announcement one time. If location of missing person is not known, NMP Fire Department should be told to report to the Control toon.
- b. If the Chief Shif t Operator does not receive an acknowledgement from the Nuclear Fire Chief and designated Licensed Nuclear Operator in 60 seconds, he will repeat 4.2.3(a). If the Nuclear Fire Chief and designated Licensed Nuclear Operator do not 6 acknowledge the second call, the CSO vill proceed with d& a below.
- c. Turn up voluue on the fire and UHF radio base stations.
i l d. If the rescue operation occurs ou the day si.if t, contact the , Station Superintendent to arran se for backup rescue personnel.
--. e.
.* ., c, EPP-J -3 May 1983
I- - ^~ ~~~ 4.2.3 Rescue Operations (Cont.) -
- e. If the rescue operation occurs on off-hours, contact the NMP-1 Security and request they call the following individuals:
- 1) On-Call Operations Supervisor (See on-call list)
- 2) Supervisor Fire Protection -e *
- 3) On-Call Chemistry and Radiation Ngt. Dept. Supervisor (See on-call list)
- 4) Area Safety Director --
- 7 On-Call supervisors will be requested to contact other station personnel as required for backup rescue personnel.
- f. When requested by the Nuclear Fire Chief contact the Radiation Protection office or a department supervisor and direct them to 5 dispatch an inplant survey team to the rescue location.
4.3 Personnel Actions 4.3.1 Station Shift Supervisor Contact Control Room and acknowledge receipt of the rescuc announcement. 4.3.2 Nuclear Fire Chief
- a. Cohtact Control Room and acknowledge receipt of the rescue announcement.
- b. If location of nissing person is not known, proceed to the Control Room. Gather information from various members of the
- station staff to try to determine where the missing persen might , be. Organize a search to locate the missing person assigning members of the NMP Fire Department to specific search areas.
Include the individual's department or company work area. 5
- c. Once he is found, report location and status of individual to Control Room and have entire NMP Fire Department report to that area. If the area is known to be highly contaminated, request the Control Room send an inplant survey team to provide health physics coverage for the fire department.
- d. Proceed to the area with required equipment from Station l
' Storeroom, Instrument Storage Room, Rescue Kit or In-Plant Survey Kit. Lifelines, teletector and High Range dosimeter should be considered to augment required tools and equipment.
- e. Direct the rescue operation. Have the Chief Shift Operator call f
for additional help, if needed.
*Proprietory information. For controlled copies only.
~- 5 F.PP-3 -4 February 1983
4.3.3 Nine Mile Point Fire Denartment
- a. The NMP Fire Department (normally consisting of a Licensed Nuclear Operator (advisor), four Nuclear Fire Fighters and one 6 Nuclear Fire Chief) will report to the area specified in the public address announcement or the Control Room for assignment of search areas.
- b. Once the location of the trapped or injured person is known, proceed to that location. Enroute to the area:
. 1) One Nuclear Fire Fighter should pick up a stretcher in the most convenient location if coura=4ation is present in the rescue area. He should also pick up protective clothing from the fire cabinet at the entrance to the building where the rescue is to take place.
- 2) If airborne activity is potentially significant in the rescue area, another Nuclear Fire Fighter should pick up two Scott Air Paks from the fire cabinet at the entrance to the building where the rescue is to take place.
- 3) Another Nuclear Fire Fighter will pick up a first aid kit from the fire cabinet near'est the entrance to the bn41d4ng where the rescue will take place.
- c. At the rescue area, a minimum of two persous will enter the immediate area to assess the situation.
If the area is known to be highly contaminated, or if an explosion or massive escape of steam is involvad in the incident, protective clothing and Scott Air Paks should be worn. If the area is smoke or steam filled, or if the area is in disarray because of a fire or explosion, the men should use life-lines. Radiation levels should be monitored as the area is entered.
- d. On the basis of this inspection of the area, if the rescue is complicated by the condition of the area, the NMP Fire Department will retire to a safe area and plan the method of rescue.
4.3.4 J.icensed Nuclear Operator 6
- a. Contact Control Room and acknowledge receipt of the rescue announcement.
- b. Upon activation of the NMP Fire Department, will function as an 6 advisor to the Nuclear Fire Chief, and assist in coordinating search and rescue activities with the Control Roon.
EPP-3 -3 May 1983
- i. _ _ .
, 4.3.5 Chemistry and Radiation Management Department
- a. Contset Control Room to determine whether Chemistry and Radiation Management assistance is required as part of the ;
search and rescue operations. 4 NOTE: Assistance will be directed by the Chief Technician until 6 relieved by a Chemistry and Radiation Management Department supervisor. 4.3.6 Security
- a. Dispatch a guard with a radio to assist the Fire Chief in determining location of individual.
- b. A guard from the Security Building will meet an ambulance, if required, to assign film badges and other equipment as needed from the Ambulance and Fire Kit.
- c. Off-hours - when requested by the Control Room contact the following individuals for additional rescue personnel.
- 1) On-call Operations Supervisor
- 2) On-call Chem & Rad Mgt. Dept. Supervisor
- 3) Supervisor Fire Protection
- 4) Area Safety Director 4.4 Guidelines for Comolicating Conditions 4.4.1 High Radiation
- a. Changes from normal radiation protection procedures.
If an individual is trapped or disabled in an area in which the dose received during the rescue effort will be greater than 200 arem, the rescue nust be carried out as expeditiously as possible to keep the dose to the victim as low as possible. Therefore, for the rescue of personnel in which undue delay may l result in the victim's death, the following modifications are l . made to Station Radiation Protection Procedure:
- 1) No prior authorization for exposure need be made out.
- 2) Exposure in excess of 10 CFR 20 limits may be taken, keeping in mind the biological effects of large doses of
( radiation. l 3) A dose of up to 75 rem may be received once in a lifetime l to safe a life.
- 4) If time permits adequate planning and protection, this dose should be limited to 12 rem.
- b. Action to be taken:
- 1) Complete all items in 4.3.3c.
- 2) Wearing 0-5R or 0-50R self-reading dosimeters as appropriate and using the teletector, enter the area and attempt to complete the rescue (Equipment available from Inplant Survey Kit).
.-y ,
' i IPP-3 -6 May 1983 M
hg .. --.. - ~~ -~ 4.4.2 Fire N. a. Rescue of a victia shall take precedence over fire fighting unless necessary to suppress the fire to accomplish rescue. '
- h. Action to be taken:
- 1. Complete all items in 4.3.3.c
- 2. One person should spray water ahead of the other two while they perform the rescue.
4.4.3 Steam or Hot Water
- a. Rescue of a victim shall take precedence over isolation of a system unless:
- 1) It is necessary to isolate the sy stem to perform the rescue.
- 2) The action of not isolating the aystem vill place the lives of other personnel in immediate danger.
- b. Action to be taken:
- 1) Complete all items in 4.3.3 c.
- 2) Enter the area and perform rescue.
- 4.5 Termination of Search and Rescue Emergenev Actions 4
4.5.1 Nuclear Fire Chief a. Once individual has been found, rescued and/or extricated, the' Nuclear Fire Chief shall notify the Control Room of individual's status and request that an appropriate announcement be made. i
- b. Remove the victim to the closest safe area and apply any
- required first aid. ~!
l c. If victim is injured and contaminated refer to Procedure EPP-4,
" Personnel Injury or Illness".
4.5.2 Chief Shift Doerator (CS0) a. Once CSO is informed of completed rescue, he shall announcs termination of station alarm situatica and contact individual's supervisor (or individual calling in alarm) to relay information concerning victim's status.
- ~
-g l
l EPP-3 -7 May 1982
s
/
4 s .' s s A
- EPP-3 -
FIGURE 1 .
, CSO CHECKLIST .
SEARCH AND RESCUE
.- ~
DA1T.: NAME: INTIAL/ TIME
- 1. / When it if determined that a person is missing or trapped, sound Station Alarm and announce over PA system " Attention, the NMP Fiie Department shall report to (location)". '
Repeat alarn and announcement twice.
- 2. / Contact established with Nuclear Fire Chief and designated' 6 Licensed Nuclear Operator, or repeat alarm and announcement.
- 3. / Contact Station Superintendent, or security t.for back-up '
personnel callouts.
- 4. / .Securitycalloutscompleted(effh'jufsonly)
- 5. Turi up volume on the U3F and fire radio base stations.
/
- 6. /- Wheu requested by the Nuclear Fire Chief, contact Radiation Protection office or department supervisor and direct them to send an inplar; survey team to rescue location.
- 7. / Announce termination.of station alarm situation. .
- 8. / Contact victim's supervisor or person calling in alarm 'and inform about victim's status. .
1 7 A 4 Y r r-T
~- i EPP-3 -8 May 1983 ' '
+y-+ -------,,e_, ,,wq- -- - - - - - - -w * -
.5
~_
NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION
' ~
_ EERGENCY PLAN IMPLEENTING PROCEDURES PROCEDURE NO. EPP-4 PERSONNEL It0URY OR ILLIES S FOR INF'.".."...n, dan i yAND INITIALS APPROVALS SIGNATURES REVI SION 6 REVISION 7 REVISION 8 Chemi st ry & R adiatio n Management Superintendent 5-/j//fj E. W. Leach f .h J<gc<r 2 3, lQ/r (' fnz?. R M / Fire Protection ff[f3 4/f/fJ-L!Iaybnd [Mdd l
#4 44*-
Station Superintende _ . NMPNS [ 'N / s T. W. Roman r?re<7x AAlllC fj- hf:/ /W3 / J General Superintendend Nuclear Generation Chairman o f ' S .O.R.C. , 3ffy] (.((fjy T . J. Pe rkins 7[/ b4 [tt A N N v
/ ) J Summary of Pages REVISION 7 PAGES DATE 4, 14, 18 February 1983 i, 1-3, 5-13, 15-17 May 1983 liIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION
*Proprietory information For controlled copies only. THIS PROCEDURE NO'1 TO BE U SED A FTE R May 198 3, t
l SUBJECT TO PE RIODIC REVIEW . l . 1 '
- a t.
l 4 _ , E7P-4 PERSONNEL IIUURY OR ILLNESS SECTION CONTENTS PAGE 1.0 PURPOSE 1
2.0 REFERENCES
1 3.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 1 4.0 DEFINITION 3 5.0 PROCEDURE 3 5.1 Notification of Injury 3 , 5.1.3 Chief Shift operator 3 5.2 Minor Injury or Illness 4 5.2.1 Nuclear Fire Fighter 4 5.2.2 Chemistry & Radiation Management Department 4 ) 5.3 Major Injury or Illness 5 5.3.1 : Chief Shift Operator 3 5.3.2 Licensed Nuclear Operator
- 5.3.3 6 l7 Station Shifc Supe visor 6 5.3.4 Nuclear Fire Chief 6 5.3.3 Nuclear Fire Fighter 6 5.3.6 Chemistry & Radiation Management Department 7 5.3.7 Security Force -7 5.4 Ho pitalization 7 5.4.1 General 7 5.4.2 Chief Shife Operator 8 5.4.3 Station Shift Supervisor 10 5.4.4 NMP Fire Department 10 5.4.5 Chemistry & Radiation Management Department 10 5.4.6 Security Force 11 6.0 Contaminated Injury Patient Carrier 12
, 6.1 Purpose of Equipment 12 l 6.2 Description of Equipment 12 FIGURES 1 CSO Checklist " Personnel Injury or Contamicated Injury" 14 2 Skin Decontamination Record Form 17 i 3 Ambulance Run Record 13 *
'g*
.- -. w& -
EPP-4 -1 lIay 1983 l
,_ .- .--. . , ~ . . , .
EPP-4 PERSONNEL INJURY OR ILLNESS 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to assure that prompt medical
' attention is provided to an ill or injured personnel, and to prevent the unnecessary spread of radioactive contamination to the responding ambulance or receiving hospital.
2.0 REFERENCES
! 2.1 Oswego Hospital Plan for the Decontamination and Treatment of Radioactively Contaminated Patients. 2.2 State University Hospital at Upstate Medical Center, Radiologic Emergency Plan. , 2.3 EAP-1-Activation and Direction of the Emergency Plan 2.4 EAP-2-Classifications of Emergency Conditions 2.5 EPP-20-Emergency Notifications 3.0 RESPONSIBkLITIES The fonowing position listing provides
~
associated ~ assignment responsibilities for key staff involved in Personnel Injury or Illness activities: 3.1 Chief Shift Operator
- a. Provides the Station Shift Supervisor with initial and periodic status reports of personnel injuries or inness, including potential / actual impacts on station operations.
i l b. After receiving information of personnel injury /inness, i initiates appropriate responses. These may include activating a medical response team via station alarm and -mouncement, and performing required personnel notifications. 3.2 Station Shift Supervisor
- a. Maintains knowledge, through either the Chief Shift Operator or the Nuclear Fire Chief, or designated Licensed Nuclear Operator, ~
regarding the current status of personnel injuries or illness as they pertain to plant operations and potential / actual system operational changes.
- b. Assumes the role of Energency Director, until properly relieved.
- c. Performs actions required per EAP-1 and 2, and EPP-20 -
,(Classification and Notification of Emergency Conditious). '
- ~
EPP-4 -1 May 1983
- - ~,r, -w-- - , , . - , , . - - - - - . - - - - - - - - ---- , -- . --
=
i _ . l l
, 3.2 Station Shift Supervisor (Cont.) ,
- d. !!akes required and appropriate assignments of emergency functions including assigning an individual to meet ambulance at the correct buildin door s and issuing protective clothing and equipment to ambulance personnel.
3.3 Licensed Nuclear Operator
- a. Provide technical advise to the Nuclear Fire Chief in regards to current plant operating status.
- b. Provide current personnel in'ury or illness status reports to the Chief Shif t Operator and/or the Station Shif t Supervisor.
! 3.4 Supervisor Fire Protection
- a. In conjuction with Area Safety Director investigates all personnel injury / illness incidents, and initiates restorative and/or preventive actions (if required).
- b. Initiates review of procedures, methods, plant layout, etc., to determine and correct any existing or potential safety hazard.
- c. Ensures that any required training / certification is kept current and up to date.
3.5 Nuclear Fire Chief
- a. Periodically reviews capabilities and limitations of personnel injury / illness medical response equipment; and 1 tiates -
corrective actions, if required.
- b. Initiates training and ' drills, in order to ensure the appropriate response to personnel injury / illness.
- c. Responds to and direct all personnel in,4,ury/111 ness cperations.
3.6 Nuclear Fire Fighters l
- a. Responds to ALL Personnel Injury / Illness announcenents, and performs actions under the direct guidance of the Nuclear Fire Chief and/or in accordance with standard first aid techniques.
- b. Participates in personnel injury / illness drills and attend periodic training.
3.7 Station Security i a. Prevides responding off-site personnel (if required) with l appropriate dosimetry, expedites their arrival on site, accompanies anbulance, and saintains required personnel accountability. i l b. Perforns required off hours personnel notification. '. y ( ~
. .7 j
~
l EPP-4 -2 May 1983 -
4 ( 3.3 C..emistry and Radiation 1:.nanuent Department
- a. Determines the need for medical advice regarding decoutauination of contaminated wounds.
- b. Proceeds to the hospital (fur contaminated wounds) and provides hospital personnel with all pertinent information regarding contamination control measures.
- c. Provides radiation protection assistance to the NMP Fire Department and hospital personnel.
- d. Provides for follow-up bicassays, as necessary, per established station procedures.
4.0 DEFINITION 4.1 Minor Injury or Illness is a disability which does not require imuediate medical attention (other than normal first aid techniques) , for the well being of the patieut. 4.2 !!ajor Injury or Illness is a disability .which requires immediate medical attention by emergency medical personnel for tue well being of the pacient. ( 3.0 PROCED 5.1 Notification of Injury 5.1.1 Immediately upon becoming aware that on itjury or illness has occurred, the injured (if the injury is - minor) or someone witnessing the injury, shall contact the Control Room and report the occurrence. J.1.2 If the injury or illness occurred in a radiological controlled area aad is uiuur, the injured shoulu leave or be removed from the area. Any protective clothing being worn should be removed and -the inuividual surveyed if the area is ~ contaminated. Otherwise, the injured should be moved to a low radiation area if injuries permit. 3.1.3 Chief Shif t Operator
- a. If the injury is juuged to be mir.or based upon . verbal description, give instructions for the injured to proceed to the plant decontamination room. If the injured is known to be contaminated, he should be informed to we.r clean protective clothing euroute to the decontamination room.
- b. If the injury is judged to be a major lujury, . proceed with actions requirec per section 5.3. In addition, should the injured be contaminated and need hospitalization, the Emergency Director or his uesiguee sh.11 .lso perform actions required per EAP-1, Figure 2, " Emergency Director's Checx11st". .
7 EPP-4 -3 May 1983
l .. . -- i 5 .1. 3 chief Shif t operator (Cont.) ( c. Dispatch individual ( s) trained in personnel decontamination and first aid to the decontemination room. Normally a member of the Chemistry and Radiation Protection Department shall perform any necessary survey required per Section 5.2 and a Nuclear Fire Fight er trained in first aid will be dispatched to meet the individual and provide medical assistance. 6
- d. Notify the Area Safety Director and the Supe rvisor F ire Prote ctinn. -
- e. CSO should contact the SSS and inform him of injury status.
5 .2 Minor Iniurv or Illness If injury is superficial and does not require innedia te medical a ttention for the well-being of the pa t ient , take the f ollowing action : 5 . 2.1 Nuclear Fits Fisheer
- a. If an open wound is involved, t he wound should be flushed p romp tly for at least 5 minutes with slightly warm water. If t he injury is not an open wound (such as a s hallow cut or puncture) flush for 2 minutes. In both cases, light to moderat e b le eding s hould be enhanced to help flush the wound. Such flushing can be done at any sink in the restricted area but the sink in the personnel decontamination area is preferred.
- b. The object causing the injury and any clothing through which the object pas sed should be s aved for analys is by Radia tion Pro te et io n.
. c. If contamination levels' in or around the wound do not exceed 150 cpm above background (1500 dpa on a 1 Sem2 probe a rea) ,
4 administer neces s ary first aid to crea t the wound. Survey remaining skin also. Contamination which is not immediately around the wound should be removed carefully using one of the decontamination techniques described in EPP-15 or the following tec hnique :
- 1. Using s wab s dipped in a thick det ergent pas te , rub small areas of the skin with a rubbing notion that is atay f rom the wound. Follow with swabs noistened with water to clean off any remaining dete rgent . Repea t until the decontamination is renoved.
- 2. Cover the wound with tape or a bandage to p reven t decontaminating solution f rom entering the wound. Then use standard skin decontamination procedures.
- d. If hospitalization of patient is necess ary, p rocee d to section 5.4 EP.P-4 -4 F ebruary 1983 . -- .e
{
r 5.2.2 Chemistry and Radiation Management Department
- a. After flushing is complete and the area is carefully blotted dry, the wound area should be surveyed with a GM detector.
- b. Records of all decontamination efforts must be reported on the Skin Decontamination Record form (see Figure 2) available in the Radiation Protection Office and the personnel decont==ination room. '
c. If contamination levels in the wound exceed 150 cpm (1500 dpa ou a 15 cm2 probe area), a Chemistry & Radiation Management Department Supervisor will decide if medical advice is necessary. If such advice or assistance is required, contact the following physicians: Office Phone Home Phone Dr . , .
~
g_ .
- b 7 (Summer months) i *
*0n off-hours this number is answered by an answering service.
Ask for Dr. O'Brien to call the station one *
, Office Phone Home Phone Dr..e m *% -
Radiation Management Corp. (24 hrs) 5.3 Hajor Injury or Illness . If an injury or illness requires immediate medical attention, take the following actions (see Figure 1 - CSO Checklist). 5.3.1 Chief Shift operator
- a. As soon as the Chief Shift Operator knows that a major injury or illness has occurred, he will sound the station alarm for approximately 10 seconds and then announce over the public address system.
" Attention AIL Personnel: An injury has occurred (location of injured). The Nine Mile Point Fire Department shall report to (location of injured) immediately. All other personnel remain clear of that area". (See Figure 1.) Repeat alarm and announcement twice.
*Proprietory information.
For controlled copies only.
' w
~
- l. .=
" i F.PP-4 -5 May 1983
I ( 5.3.1 Chief Shift Operator (Cont.) '
- b. If it is determined that the injured is contami u ted, contact Radiation Protection Department and verify that a survey team has been dispatched to the area.
- c. If requested by the Nuclear Fire Chief, summons an ambulance by notifying Oswego County Fire Control per section 5.4.2 5.3.2 Licensed Nuclear Operator
- a. Contact Control Room and acknowledge receipt of alarm. 7
- b. Proceed to location of injury / illness with a radio and act as an advisor to the Nuclear Fire Chief at the Command Post. Report status of the injury / illness to the Control Room immediately.
5.3.3 Station Shift Supervisor
- a. Assumes the role of Emergency Director, until properly relieved.
- b. The Emergency Director (or his designee) will evaluate emergency i
per EAP-1 and commence emergency classifications per EAP-2 and notifications per EPP-20 as soon as infocaation becomes available en injuries and contamination levels. (" 5.3.4 Nuclear' Fire Chief N ., 7
- a. Contact control room and acknowledge receipt of alarm.
- b. Proceed to injury location and set up command post. Ensure the designated licensed Nuclear Operator and Security Guard are available to coordinate co-mf cation with their respective 7 departments.
- c. Under the direction of the Nuclear Fire Chief, normal first aid techniques should be used except that efforts should be taken to prevent contaminating the patient or spreading any contamination which might be on him. Contamination control efforts should always take second place to the well-being of the patient.
- d. If the injury is such that an ambulance is required, the Nuclear Fire Chief shall call the Chief Shift Operator or the Control Room and request an ambulance be summoned to the site (see section 5.4.3). While waiting for the ambulance he should perform as much decontamination as the injuries permit (at least reeoving any protective clothing, if not done previously).
- e. Once ambulance has left the site or the medical emergency has been terninated, contact Control Room and notify them of event status, l
y J ~~f EPP-4 -6 May 1983
l 5.3.5 7 ( Nuclear Fire Fighter "
- a. The NMP Fire Department should report to the location ;
specified. Enroute to the area: '
- 1. One Nuclear Fire Fighter should pick up a stretcher and 1 blanket in the most convenient location. l
- 2. Another Nuclear Fire Fighter should pick up a first aid kit.
- b. To remove an injured person from a contaminated area, a stretcher should be placed on a blanket next to the patient and another blanket placed inside the stretcher, and then wrapped around the patient. This will not only keep the patient comfortable but also contain any loose contamination. If a Scoop stretcher is used, wrap the individual and stretcher in blankets to prevent the further spread of contaminatiou.
- c. If the patient is contaminated to greater than 50,000 cpm (500,000 dpa on a 15 cm2 probe area) consideration should be given to using the Coutaminated Patient Carrier. If it is determined that the Contaminated Patient Carrier should be used, advise the ambulance personnel of this and relocate the carrier to a non-contaminated area close to the injured prior to the l7 ambulance's arrival.
g 5.J.6 Chemistry'and Radiation Management Department s
- a. Upon notification of a contaminated injured person, the Chemistry and Radiation Protection Department shall dispatch a survey team with a radio to survey and isolate the area.
- b. Once the injured is stabilized, he should be surveyed for contaminaciou. The injured should only be moved if conditions in the immediate area (extremely high radiation levels or danger of fire / explosion or dangerous atmosphere) would cause further injury.
- c. Depending on the number of individuals injured and/or contaminated, personnel monitoring techniques should be adjusted accordingly (eg, quick frisk for establishing levels, segregate per gross levels of contamination, and full survey pr?.or to release.
- d. Provide radiological assistance during the transfer of individual from the station to the ambulance. Prior to loading the patient in the ambulance, ensure a cover (herculite or paper) is placed on the floor of the ambulance.
- e. Perform appropriate follow-up bioassays per establia.hed station procedures.
_y 5 EPP-4 -7 ,May 1983 , l
5.3.7 Security Force * { 7
- a. Contact Control Room and verifies receipt of alarm.
- b. Dispatches a guard with a radio to the injury scene command post to corrdinate communication between the Security Department and the Nuclear Fire Chief.
5.4 Hospitalization 5.4.1 General
- a. All potentially serious injuries should be referred to the Oswego Hospital Emergency Room .
5.4.1 General (Cont.)
- b. The injured will be stabilized and evaluated at the hospital.
If he has received a radiation dose in excess of 100 rem, need for neurosurgery is indicated, or the special equipment or skills of the medical center are required, then Oswego Hospital should refer him to the S tate University Hospital at Upstate Medical Center in Syracuse once his injuries have been stabilized. l l 5.4.2 Chief Shift Operator i
- a. Call Oswego County Fire Control at 343-1313 (if t,usy or no answer, call 343-8571).
Tell the disp.tcher:
- 1. If a patient is not contaminated and requires an ambulance:
l "An ambulance is needed at the Nine Mile Point Nuclear i Station Unit 1. The injured person (s) is (are) not contaminated. He can be handled as a routine patient. He appears to have the following injuries: (describe injuries )." l
- 2. If a natient is not contaminated and does not recuire an ambulance:
"This is the Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit 1.
Please inform Oswego Hospital that an injured person is enroute to the hospital. The injured person is not contaminated and can be handled as a routine patient. He appears to have the following injuries: (describe injuries )."
-M
- -A.
EPP-4 -8 May 1983 l l
m . 1 5.4.2 Chief Snif t Operator (cont.) '
- 3. If the patient is contaminated and requires an ambulance:
"Au ambulance is needed at the Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit 1. Please initiate emergency procedures as the patient (s) is (are) contaminated. Please ensure that Oswego Hospital is notifieu and given the following information:
# of injured persons
# of contaminated injurea persons Contaufnation levels are apu or adAD/hr 7 Description of injuries
- 4. If the patient is contaminated but does not require an amoulance:
"This is the Nine Mile Point Nuclear S tation Unit 1.
Please inforu Oswe o Hospital to initiate emergency i procecures as a coutaainated patient (s) is (are) enroute to the hospital. Please ensure that Oswego Hospital is notified nu .iveu the following information:
# of injured persons
(, F of contaminated injured persons . Contamination levels are apu or uaAD/hr 1 Description of injuries i Expecten time of arrival
- c. Notify the Security Force that "an ambulance is enroute to the plant". When it arrives, permit immediate entry and escort it to (location).
- d. If the patient is contaminated, call a physician who is prepared to handle contaminated injuries. Inform nin that a contaminated, injured person nas been sent to the nospital.
Advise the person ridin6 in the ambulance with the patient on the availability or non-availability of the doctor.
- Office Phone Home Phone Dr.
- m l7
*Proprietory information.
(Summer mouths) C* For controlled *0u c,ff-hours thi= number is answerec by an answerin. service. copies only. *~ Ask for Dr. O'Brien to call the station oni _
, Off, ice Phone Home Phone Dr. _
Radiation Manasemeut Corp. *
,24 hrs) . %[cy EPP-4 -9 May boa
I ( 5.4.2 Chief Shif t Operator (Cont.) '
- e. If the patient is contaminated and being transported to the hospital, notify the On-Call Chemistry & Radiation Management Supervisor to meet the ambulance at the Oswego Hospital. Give ~
him pertinent information as to contamination levels of the patient and extent of injuries.
- f. Upon notification from the Nuclear Fire Chief that the medical emerg,ency has been terminated, sound the station alarm and announce the termination of the event.
5.4.3 Station Shift Supervisor
- a. The Station Shift Supervisor shall assign at least one Radiation Protection Technician to ride in the ambulance. The SSS shall assign an indivinual to meet the ambulance at the appropriate door and issue attendants any protective clothing, respiratory, or ambulance contamination control equipment necessary to pick up and transport the patient.
5.4.4 NMP Fire Department
- a. While waiting for the arrival of ambulance, the NMP Fire Department should continuously acaitor the injured for bleeding, respiration, shock and record patinuts vital signs on Ambulance r Run Record (Fig. 3). Any information relative to the
(. . contamination levels on the various parts of the patients body should be indicated on Fig. 3 and recorded in the comments section of the form. In addition, the contaminated Patient Carrier, if being used, should be moved to a non-contaminated area clore to the injured.
- b. When amt.ulance arrives, assist ambulance personnel as well as advise them in matters of contamination control. Ensure a cover is placed on floor of ambulance prior to loading, victim to prevent the spread of contamination during transport. Provide ambulance attendants with run sheet containing patients vital signs.
5.4.5 Chemistry and Radiation Man.gement Departuent
- a. A Chemistry and Radiation Protection Technician or Supervisor will ride with the injured in the ambulance. This indivisaal should take a count rate and a dose rate meter (ion chamber type) with him to the hospital.
In addition a Chemistry and Radiation Management Department Supervisor will meet the ambulance at the hospital and provide assistance to hospital personnel in radiological controls. 7
-i EPP-4 -10 May 1983
1 ( 5.4.5 Chemistry and Radiation Management Department (cont.)
- b. At the Oswego Hospital, the Radiation Protection Technician and Supervisor should assure that the entry way and the room to be used have been adequately prepareu for the contaminated condition of the patient. Ensure film badges have been issued from the Nuclear Emergency Cabinet to doctors and nurses who win work with the patient if contamination level is such that a persou treating him would be likely to receive greater than 1 mr/hr. Issue respiratory equipment from Emergency Cabinet to selected personnel if coutamination levels are greater than 25,000 epa (250,000 dpa on a 15 cm2 probe area) over more' chan
' 2 square feet or greater than 500 mead /hr over a smaller area. An handling of the patient at the hospital win be in accordance with the " Oswego Hospital Plan for the Decontamination and Treatment of Radioactively Contaminated Patients".
- b. In addition to the above plan, NMP Radiation Protection personnel shall make recommendations to supplesent this plan, as appropriate. Supplies for handling contaminated patients are stored in the Nuclear Emergency Cabinet near the X-ray Department.
- c. Any' excised tissue should be placed in separate vials, provided in ,the RMC sample taking kit, identified and kept for later analysis.
- d. At the completion of the treatment, all paper and plastic should be removed. The hospital area, personnel and equipment involved in the treatment will be surveyed, decontaminated,(if required),
and released by Niagara Mohawk. All waste, both liquid and solid, vin be returned to Nine Mile Point for handling. Collect an film badges and obtain data for the Film Badge Issue Sheet.
- e. If the decision is made to move the injured to the State University :!ospital at Upstate Medical Center, the Chemistry and Radiation Protection technician should .ccompany the ambulance to Syracuse and ensure this information is relayed to responding Chemistry anc Radiation Management Department Supervisor.
Enroute he will advise the ambulance personnel on contamination problems, and win assist in decontaminating the ambulance in Syracuse after completion of the transport. (See Figures 2 & 3.) i
- f. At the State University Hospital at Upstate Medical Center, m.ke sure the ambulance has gone to the Emergency Room entrance if the p.tient is contaminated. S tate University Hospital personnel win meet the ambulance at the Emergency Room entrance and will handle the patient (s) in accordance with the State University Hospital Radiologic Emergency Plan.
; - 7 -A EPP-4 -11 May 1983 i
- s . .
I l ( 5.4.5 rh aistry and Radiation Management Department (Cont.) g. Once it has been determined that the ambulance will not be 4 needed further, the ambulance will be surveyed. If it is free from contamination, it will be released. Film badges should be obtained from the driver and attendant, and they should be surveyed for conemmtnation. Data for the Fila Badge Issue Sheet will be obtained at this time. If no film badges were required, obtain names of attendants for Entrance Registration Log. If the ambulance is contaminated, and decontamination cannot be accomplished at the hospital.it must be sent back to Nine Mile Point for decontamination and release. 5.4.6 Security Force
- a. Ensure roadway to ambulance pickup point is kept clear of any obstruction.
- b. When notified by the CSO that an ambulance is on its way, dispatch a security guard and vehicle to Lake Road to direct responding medical vehicles to the appropriate access road. The emergency medical vehicle (s) and attendants should be allowed immediate access to the station and escorted to the Emergency Vehicle Staging Ares. . A security guard should accompany the vehicles.
, z
- c. Normal sign-in procedures shall be waived; names shall be obtained for the Entrance Registration Log when station personnel return from the hospital.
- d. Bring the Ambulance and Fire kit to the designated building entrance.
- a. Issue film badges to responding offsite personnel, if in restricted area or patient is known to be contaminated,
- f. Duript_ off-hours immediately notify the Station Safety Director f Supervisor Fire ProtectionA *
(or pager) and
. Emergency Coordinator _. or pager) .
- g. When notified by the Emergency Director (or his designee) perform notifications required per EPP-20 Figure 3, " Security Off Hours Emergency Contact List".
6.0 CONTAMINATED INJURY PATIENT CARRIER 6.1 Pursose of Equionent NMP-1 is equipped with a contaminated injury patient carrier. This carrier is designed to minimize attendant exposures and the i contamination of medical facilities and to facilitate care and decontamination of the patients.
-,M Proprietory intornation.' For? 'l
' controlled COPi es only. EPP-4 -12 May 1983 l
,~m w,-.r.-- - - , - . . - - - , , - - _ . . - . - , , - . , , - -,,r - . - - - , - - - ---.--,-rw ww------ ------,--*-m- , * , - - - n,-- -*--t
6.2 Description of Equipment . { 6.2.1 Carrier The patient carrier, located under the stairs cf the Admin. ' Bldg. El 261' OSC area, consists of a heavy plastic carrier which is covered by a rigid transparent top enclosure. The carrier is sized to accommodate one man. The lower portion of the carrier is equipped with a drain system to facilitate decontamination of the patient. The transparent top is equipped with 12 entry holes which are either covered by gasiered tops or equipped with ambidextrous dry-box
. loves. The carri.sr bottom is also equipped with handles for lifting.
0.2.2 Gurney The carrier is supported by a mobile surney which may be elevated to any necessary position and can also be tilted for drain-off of contaminated waste. b.2.3 Air Supply Fresh air is supplied to the patient through a 12 cfm fau. The air
- is discharged from the enclosure through two absolute filters to minimize the exposure of .ttendants to airborne particulate radioactivity from the patieut.
6.2.4 Scoop Stretcher , The scoop stretcher consists of an aluminum device which can be separated at both ends and can be used to gently " scoop' a victim
- onto the stretcher in the position found. Since it has an open l botton it greatly facilitates decone==hmtion because decontamination I
solutions can be washed off and allowed to flow down to the drain end g of the carrier. 6.2.5 Miscellaneous Equipment
~ ~
The carrier is also supplied with the following miscellaneous equipment: ,
- 1. Disposable blankets
- 2. Decontamination solutions
- 3. Surgeons gloves r
I t
. ----g
'. . .~ e
~
EPP-4 -13 May 1983 l l
- 1. .
EPP-4, FIGURE 1 CHIEF SHIFT OPERATOR CHECKLIST PERSONNEL ILLNESS OR CONTAMINAIED INJURY DATE: CSO NAME: Initial / Time
- 1. / When informed that a :najor injury or illness has occurred, use " Alarm Instruct" button and ensure all PA switches are on (indoor and outdoor) and sound the station alarm for 10 seconds.
- 2. / Make the following announcement : " Att ention ... Att ention All Personnel. An injury has o ccurre d at (locat ion of i nj ured ) . The Nine Mile Point Fire Department shall report to (location of iniured) immediately. All other personnel remain clear of t he a rea . " R epea t alarm and announcement twic e.
- 3. / If the injured is contaminated, contact Radiation 6
Protection and verify a survey team has been dispatched to the scene.
- 4. _.
/ 'If the injury requires an ambulance :
- a. Call the dispatcher at Oswego County Fire Cont rol at 3 43-1313 (if busy, 343-85 71).
1 Tell the dispatcher:
. 1. If a patient is not contaminated and requires an ambulance :
" "An ambulance is needed at the Nine Mile Po int Nuclear Station Unit 1. The injured person ( s) is
( are) not contaminated. He can be handled as a routine patient. He appears to have the foilowing injuries: ( describe injuries
)" .
- 2. If a patient is not c ontaminate d and does not
_ require an ambulance :
"This is the Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Uni t
- 1. Please inform Oswego Hospital that an injured person is enroute to the hospital. The injure d person is not contaminated and can be handled as a routine patient. He appears to have the following injuries: ( cescribe injuries
)" . .
. . :p EP.P-4 -14 February 1983
;1
EPP-4, FIGURE 1 (Cont.) . CHIEF SHIFT 0?ERATOR CHECKLIST MAJOR-PERSONNEL ILLNESS OR CONTAMINATED INJURY
- 3. If the patient is contaminated and requires e ambulance: -
"Ah amoulance is needed at the Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit 1. Please initiate emergency procedures as the patient (s) is (are) contaminated. Please ensure that Oswego Hospital is notified and given the following information:
# of injured persons
# of contaminated injured persons Contamination levels are cpm or MRAD /hr l7 Description of injuries
- 4. If the patient is contaminated but does not require an ambulance:
"This is the Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit
- 1. Please inform Oswego Hospital to initiate emergency procedures as a contaminated patient (s) is (are) enroute to the nospital. Please ensure that Oswego Hospital is notifiec and given the following information:
# of injured persons
# of contaminated injured persons Contamination levels are dpm or adAD/hr Description of injuries l7 Expectec time of arrival
- b. Notify Security that an ambulance is coming and should be brought to (location) .
- c. Notify SSS of emergency.
- d. Off Hours: Have Security notify S tation Safety Director < _ P Supervisor Fire Protections (or pager) and Emergency Coordinator 4 (or i pager).
l i
- 5. / If the patient is not contaminated, skip Steps 6-8 and continue with Step 9.
l
-WM
-c a
~ EPP-4 -15 May 1983 ~
l
EPP-4, FIGURE 1 (Cont.)
- CHIEF SHIFT OPERATOR CHECKLIST MAJOR-PERSONNEL ILLNESS OR CONTAKENATED INJURY
- 6. / For a contaminated patient call:
Office Phone Home Phone Dr. * * *
- S . l7 or (Summer months) '
- k Dr. .
- 7. / Call the on-call Chemistry and Radiation !!anageneat Department Supervisor, and tell him:
- a. Go to the Oswego Hospital / Upstate Medical Center
- b. Contamination levels on the patient
- c. Extent of in juries.
- 8. /
Off-Hours: Instruct Security to make notification required per EPP-20, Figure 3 " Security Off-Hours Emergency Contact List, as directed by SSS.
- 9. / Upou notification fron the Nuclear Fifie Chief or the designated Licensed Nuclear Operator that the medical l7 emergency has been terminated, sound .t:; tion alarm and announce termination of event.
l l l l
*Proprietory information. For controlled copies only.
7~~ EPP-4 -16 !!.y 1983
i .. .. FIGURE 2 - I SKIN CONTAMINATION RECORD Name Film Badge Number: Date: Time: Employer Unit # Job Title Work Area Detector Used: Type- No. Efficiency-(cpa/dpa) , Background CPM Probe Area cm2 i Explanation of Occurrence: Comments: Skin Condition: Decontamination Agent ( s) Used: I t H.P. Technician i NOTE: In the blank space write the amount of contamination measured next to the number relating to the part of the body contaminated. Indicate in " Comments" 7 the specific hand, finscr, etc., affected. l Before After Before After dau dpm dom dou em2 15cm2 cm2 Ucm2 en2 15cm2 cm2 Ucm2 7 sd I I Face a Eyss )- _
/ 4 Nose t Nack } } Collard
~ bene f_ Shidr 7- p ll Chest ,
s i t Arm 8- 1 - 13_ Ribs Elbow 9-l\ >
$ Back
- 5, l _14 Forsarm 3/ j ~3 Abdomen Wrist E!
Hand Finger -/ g h""""* g I6- Thumb Hip y f y Groin Lag _/ Thigh 2J i N _2f Knes ] '*E Skin Ankle 3 ' 27 Foot
- steo 27
\_28 Toe
. PJ (1) dpm/15 cm2 - 3.g counts pe:. minute per probe area efficiency I E??-4 -17 May 1983
m FIGURE 3
== AMBULANCE RUN RECORD o- o, . o r. r. ,. '^
M 3243 " " ' - - ( uE
-" uO. FO.
ACE SERVICE oATE OF vfM AooRESS BIRTN SERVICE coot 10 -_ PNs CALLoRIG3M NEXToFIGN
- RELADoNSNee INCIDENTLoc.
AooRESS PNe PATIENTTAIGN To PHYSICIAN INSURANCg C oRNER: OEure DME l l l R ATNof: OEuTs S/P l E ATNoT: PutSE I CEure I RESP. W ATNoT: O EMTe I CNECK ONE OttLY CoNSC. , @ijd"$Ll4%M!d"$' Mil2"$' ,@Mid"jk OEufRGENCv M4WTARY Tims RECORO puPiu l l c Cau. ONoN- EMERJTRANSF. CALL REC'D rvPE O No PARENT l SKIN l l l 0 OAssST ENRouTE
=== === ei.=Am.Y wir= -== OAsooumAt mxRy O '""" l prone s4Cx i 2 C AuPUTAnoM ,,,c,,,
COmmum: Carious usEO I 3 OmutsoN UNONE
~ A OstEEDmG NoSerrAL NonFrED: FRou SCENE 6 i
O SEv. O Moo. OSL. CorRECTLv-uMF/TELEu
,,, tj 5
s O SURN _ oog. % AREA ColRECTLY-vHF
.\
( 'if t s O CHEST INWRy 7 OcrStoCAnoN CTHRU otSPATCH OCoMWUNICADoNS oIFF. "$^ '"$ i
.Mf j l S OFRACTURE f OopfN OCLoSED .~
aAs4C UPE SUPPORT MANAGEMENT Omaem to LOSS oF oN / FEEUNC / O L!t .
~"'~"' '""" ~ "
11 OPAIN OoKYGEN CNEN g ! L.P.u. METNoe 12 OSTRAM / SPRAIN C ARTIFICIAL VENTILADoN. METNoo l ~ IAOoTNER :: O wouNo OeLEEo:NG CoNTRotLEo. uETNoe O ALCoNoL-UKE IMPA4RMENT OcNsATi oR (COLD:APauCATioN O GENERAL WEAKNESS / tLLNESS OsENAvioRAL PRosLEu OvoMITINC INoUCED e TIME METNoD CN4uSEA / YoumMG O CAnetAC OUM8IMMo81U2ADoN O FlxAfloN CTRACT!oN Oo857RUCTED AIRWAY ( OCoNYULSloNS / SEI2URES OPotSoNING OSPtNAL IMMo81UZATloN CNECK OBACK C CvA / STROKE CRESTRALNTS APPUEo. TYPE OPcssett ood CotA6 ETIC RELATED PROSLEMS OPRECNANCY RELATED OsAsY eEtrvERED 0 DME CoVNTY
'cotZ: NESS / FAANTING OAUVE OSTILL O MALE O FEMALE O RESPIRATORY CC.P.R. STARTED e TIME RoNM AL INERY (NEAT /CotDi -
AOvamCEO uPE SUPPORT MANAGEMENT I ACKNowlEoGE THAT I HAVE REFUSED CARE / TRANSPORT OC ED (A TRACI SGNATURE CoErioRitLAfroN No. TIMES (RECoRo 8ELown
- wtTNESS QuEDiCATioN AoueurSrERED(RECORD eEtown
! Div INSERTED (REcoRo SoLUTroN SELown i NISTORYlCOMMENT3 O ANTI-SNoCK GARMENT AP8UED- OlNFLATED MEDICATION RECOMO TIME $ Fluto/MED.l coSAGE l route l Ao MIN. SY
~~ ~ P l .- ; --
escw m.c 4 wt vois ,o E?P- -13 .ebruarv 1953 l l I
NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY ACTION PROCEDURE PROCEDURE NO. EAP-3 EMERGENCY PERSONNEL ACTION PROCEDURES FOR INFORI.'.ATiCN ORE DATE AND INITIALS APPROVALS SIGNATURES REVISION O REVISION 1 REVISION 2 Chemistry & Radiation Management Superintende t g ra 4/,[(3 E. W. Leach ad r[/[Z SU fr d-Supervisor Nuclear Security F//f/fd d 8.3 R. F. Orr #(f.& DM ./ O Station Superintend NMPNS T. W. Roman A Me y //2)3
/j~ '_/ j'/ / ' f l' '
General Superintendent Nuclear Generation Chairman of S.O.R.C. b7d7 C (v[/j/ /0 T. J. Perkins Ih bb (4 ff /f/ _ a d /. Summary of Pages REVISION 1 PAGES DATE 1-5,9,11,13,15-17 June 1982 6-8,10,12,14,18-59 May 1983 NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION THIS PROCEDURE NOT TO BE USED AFTER May 1985 SUBJECT TO PERIODIC REVIEW.
*Proprietory information. For controlled copies only.
-A i
l
EAP-3
. l EMERGENCY PERSONNEL ACTION PROCEDURES I Table of Contents Section Contents . a Pa,ge 1.0 PURPOSE ' 1
2.0 REFERENCES
1 3.0 PROCEDURE 1 Enclosures 1 Site Emergency Director 2 2 Station Superintendent 3 3 Teehaie=1 Data Coordinator 5 4 Instrumentation & Control Coordinator 9 5 Reactor Analyst Coordinator 11 6 Communications Coordinator 13 7 Maintenance Coordinator 17 8 s Radiological Assessment Coordinator 20 9 Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator 27 10 Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator 30 11 Meteorological Advisor 34 12 Security Coordinator 37 13 Public Information Coordinator 40 14 Engineering TSC Coordinator 42 15 Operations Support Center ! Coordinator 45 16 Operations Support Center Communicator 48 17 Personnel Accountability Coordinator 51 18 Chemistry & Radiation Protection Team Coordinator 53 19 Damage Control Team Coordinator 55 20 Nine Mile Point Fire Department 58 Coordinator Figures Figure 1 16 EAP-3 -1 May 1983
' ]1 I
v.- - ._ ,..,,.-v_.. _ . . . . _ . . - _ . , , . . . _ _. _ y_ . _ _ , ._._ - - . . . _ - . , , _ . . _ -
I
, .c i
1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides a listing of tasks that may need to be completed by assigned emergency personnel at onsite emergency ' facilities depending on the nature and severity of the emergency situation. 2.0 REPERENCES 6 2.1 EAP-1 " Activation and Direction of the Energency Plan" - 2.2 EPP-3 "Searc.h and Bescue" I 2.3 EPP-4 " Personnel Injury or Illness" 2.4 EPP-5 " Station Evacuation" 2.5 EPP-6 "Inplant Emergency Surveys" 2.6 EPP-7 " Downwind Radiological Monitoring"
; 2.7 EPP-8 "Onsite and Offsite Dose Assessment" 2.8 EPP-11 " Review and Revisions of Site Emergency Plan and Procedures" 2.9 EPP-13 "Onsite Emergency Facilities Operations" 2.10 EPP-15 ," Health Physics Procedure" 2.11 EPJ-16 " Environmental Monitoring" l
2.12 epi +17 " Communications Procedures" i 2.13 EPI-19
- Site Evacuation Procedure" i 2.14 EPP-20 "Esergency Notifications" '
2.15 EPP-22 " Damage Control" i 3.0 PROCEDURE Each coordinating individual called upon to fill an emergency position in the Control Room, Technical Support Center, and Operations Support Center shall utilize the appropriate procedure for that position (provided as an enclosure to this procedure) to guide his/her actions during an energency at the Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station.
. T.3 t
i EAP-3 -1 June 1982 ' 'd
EAP-3, Enclosure 1 3 Site Emergency Director' 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION Position: Site Emergency Director Designee: General Superintendent Nuclear Generation Alternate: Acting General Superintendent as stipulated via memorandum or per the following order: Station Superintendent Operations Supervisor Technical Superintendent Station Shif t Supervisor (On Duty) Reports To: Corporate Emergency Director / Recovery Manager Reporting Iocation: Technical Support Center 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Site Energency Director is responsible to the Corporate Emergency Director / Recovery Manager for: - 2.1 Evaluating and declaring an emergency condition at the Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station;
~
2.2 Implementing the NMPNS Site Emergency Plan; l
. 2.3 Assuming overall authority for the direction and control of the emergency situation until relieved by the Corporate Emergency Director / Recovery Manager; 2.4 Once relieved, maintaining overall responsibility fer the actual .
operation and control of the station and coordinating these activities with the Corporate Energency Director /Bacovery Manager. ~ 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS All actions and limitations required of the Site Emergency Director are contained in EAP-1 " Activation and Direction of the Emergency Plan". f
'T i IAP-3 -2 June 1982 . .,2
~
[ . e
. . - - - . . . . - -.=.-.. ;.----.-.----.._.
J EAP-3, Enclosure 2 ; Station Superintendent , ! 1.0 CENERAL INFORMATION Position: Station Superintendent Designee: Station Superintendent
' Alternate: Supervisor Operations Nuclear Assistant Supervisor Operations Nuclear ,
Reports To: Site Emergency Director Reporting Location: Control Room Technical Support Center (as necessary) 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Station Superintendent is responsible to the Site Emergency Director for: , 2.1 Providing liaison between the Control Room Operating Staff, Control
. Room Ehnergency Advisory personnel, and the Site Emergency Director.
2.2 Providing technical and admi'nistrative direction to the Station's Operations Staff and support personnel in accident assessment and
., damage control operations. .
(' 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS : 3.1 General Activities 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness to the Site Emergency Director. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to the Control Roon Advisory Staff members that report to you and the Station Shift Supervisor. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same. 3.1.5 Maintain a running log of your activities and ensure documentation of the following in the Station Superintendent Log: . Communications Kay decisions Data collected Cheeklists Use EPP-13, Figure 8. " Emergency Response / Recovery Action Log". An accurate recording of f.ctions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery l activities.
; -3 June 1982
} E AP-3 1
W $ -'.- _ l I 1
i 1 l 1 EAP-3, Enclosure 2 (Cont.)
\ l Station Superintendent .
3.1.6 A. h n assuming the Station Superintendent's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Station Superintendent's Log and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the TSC organization chart.. B. hn relinquishing the Station Superintendent's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Station Superintendent's Log. 3.1.7 Ensure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17. r 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15. 3.2 If not already accomplished by the SSS, designate an individual to maintain an open line of communication between the Control Room and TSC. Ensure the proper flow of emergency status information is going to and being received from TSC. 3.3 Characterize the Accident
- 3.3.1 Determine the type of accident assessment warranted sud the. '
availability of personnel to perform the work. ' 3.3.2 Determine the need for outside support and recommend these needs to
, the Emergency Director as they become apparent.
3.3.3 Continuously assess plant conditions and keep the Emergency Director advised of assessments and progress concerning plant conditions, changes in emergency action levels, and/or the need for additional resources and personnel. i 3.4 Coordinate and transmit the Operation staff's recommendations to the Emergency Director. l-q* 6 l
;EAP-3 -4 June 1982 -.-._~-- , _ _ . _ . _ . . _ . . . . . , _ . . . - m_,-_ , _ . - - . - . , _ _ - _.__.....,_..__.,__m,_ _ _ _ _ , ._ . - .
s.... .. l EAP-3, Enclosure 3 Technical Data Coordinator 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION Position: Technical Data Coordinator Designee Technical Superintendent Nuclear l Alternate: Superintendent Technical Services Nuclear Supervisor Technical Support Reports To: Site Emergency Director Reporting Location: Technical Support Center 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Technical Data Coordinator is responsible to the Site Emergency Director for: 2.1 Directing and coordinating Technical Department personnel in the analysis of emergency conditions and the development of plans and procedures in support of station operations personnel. The objective of this support being the safe shutdown of the plant which minimizes I the effect on the health and safety of the general public. 2.2 The collection and posting of relevant plant status information for
. TSC staff members.
t l _ 23 Providing records and drawings to emergency personnel which describe the as-built conditions and layout of station structures, systems, and components. l j' 2.4 Insuring the adequate initiation and maintenance of emergency communication in the TSC. 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 3.1 General Activities 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness to the Sits Emergency Director. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other Technical Support Center Staff members and to the Station Shift Supervisor. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same. EAP-3 -5 June 1982 T,
.i ...
l-V G EAP-3. Euclosure 3 (Cont.)
.T Techni_cs,1 Data Coordinator J.1.5 Maintain a running log of your activities and ensure documentation of the following in the Tech 4a=1 Data coordinator's Log:
ca =i>=4e=tions - Eey decisions ' Data cellseted b elr14 mea m Use EPP-13, Figure 8 " Emergency Response /hcovery Action Log". An ..accurata recording of acticos must be maintained da -they may be vitally ,important to later review of amargency response / recovery
' activities . . ,
3.1.6 A. Vhen assuad:eg the Teabia=1 Data Coordinator's por.ition, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Tech 4e=1 Data Coordinator's Log and ensure 'your name is Pl aced in the appropriate box on the organiention chart. B .- When relinquishing the Terbia=1 Data Coordinater's position, brief your successor en the emergency and emargency actions status. Note ' completior. . of this step in the Technical Data Coordinator's Log. 3.1.7 Ensure proper usa of communi.tations squipment par EPP-l'/.
/
{.:.}, . 3.1.8- Insura exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15.
- w. *
~
L;. 3.2- . Upen arrival in the TSC, put your name in the appror.riate box on the. 1 organization chart and log in on accountability lo::. ' 3.3 ' Unpack and organize TSC emergency' operations kit, if not s2xeady accompl1shed. Verify TSC is properly arranged per EPP-13, Pigur?. 5.
?.
3.4 Err,.aive briefing from Emergency Director on plant# status, cocrective M,', . _s actions in progress, and identified or anticipatod fne'eds frca tha 65 . tech 4a= group. '
- f:n ' '
f 3.5 Verify personnel are present to f' ill the following positions:
~ -? ; a. TSC Positions I&C Cooriinatior ,
Rx Analyst Coordinator (;, _ C - 4 cations Coordinator ~ Others n1 needed (i.e. Technical Services Coordinator.
' f. , .... Computer Operations & Maintenanca Coordinator) '
- b. Control Room Advisory Persc2nal Reactor Analyst Unit Supervisor IEC Unit Supervisor .
If designee or alternate _ is not present, request approved alternate (s) from the OSC Coor.'.inator using the EPP-11, appryred * , personnel lists.
- , EAP-3 -6 May 1983 l a. ?
-_( .
e one. .==. e. m - D e e* - - e.esee -
.. .a., ,e em . . ....w-e ., -p. . ,e
-.,..-emp. , , e w . t e e..e ammmune, .
%. _ . _ _ . _ . . - . . . . . . _ _ . , . . . . . . _ ~ . . . . ._ _ _ _ _ . ~ . . . . . . . _ . . . . _ . . . .
6 e l I t . ZAP-3, Enclosure 3 (Cont.) Technical Data Coordinator
~
r 3.6 Request additional staff from the OSC Coordinator, as necessary, and j assign individuals to act as aides to the Emergency Director and to
- j. .act as data loggers for the following status borada:
- 1. Plant Status Board - this will include such information as:
*ECCS Status (pumps, diesel, emergency condenser, etc.)
*Drywell temp and pressure
*Rx teap, level sad pressure
/ ~
*Any other pertinent information specific for emergency at hand
- 2. Radiological / Meteorological Status Board -
this will include such data ast
- Stack releases
,
- CAM readings & locations -
- Area Radiation monitor readings & locations
- Wind speed and direction
, *Any other pertinent information specific for emergency at hand
- 3. Emergency Events Status Board
" List emergency contacts per EPP-20, Pig. 6 "Zuergency contact list", status of notifications and chronological order of major' I y ,
events that have occurred.
. 4 Survey / Sample Status Bo.:rd & Map - this will include listing l .,-
type of sample, locations and results on appropriate status l boards and maps. 3.7 Brief staff on plant status, corrective action in progress, and identified or anticipated teabia=1 needs. g 3.8 Assure staff has sufficient support to carry out chair functions. I',[ 3.9 Assign a member of your staff to assist the Consunication Coordinator
; in retrieving the data necessary to prepara and update Part I, II, &
III of the EPP-20 Notification Pact Sheets.
. 3.10 Assign a member of your staff to log the names and times individuals 1
enter and exit TSC. (Use EPP-13. Pisure 10.) E 3.11 Ensure all relevant data received by the Communications Coordinator
> or Esargency Director is posted on the appropriate status board.
3.12 Direct and coordinate the efforts of the assigned teah 4ral staff (I&C Coordinator, Rx Analyst Coordinator and Technical Services Department Personnel) in analyzing problems and developing solutions, guidance, and emergency operating procedures for operations personnel. l \ * - :- .w EAP-3 -7 May 1983
- ~ ' . ~,
.' (
l l
_EAP-3, Enclosure 3 (Cont.) s .T r Technical Data Coordinator 3.13 Call upon additional Technical Department personnel through the OSC Coordinator as necessary to provide assistanca. 3.14 Provide the interface with the Emergency Director on tachnical Problems, analyses and resolutioas. 3.15 Periodically brief the Emergency D1: actor on I actions / assessments / status /results. 3.16 ' Observe the General Rules of Conduct for the TSC (EPP-13, Pigure 6). f. s 3, O' t. i I I
*ge
\=f- ffk N;d!%ame ' % ' ';&% W *s .inF' h *
. e.
- Y y, * ~ $h ? ?.h,-f.
'5's {*$?*' * . ''%**
i
/
EAP-3 -8 May 1983 .M
- A.
. . . s. . . . . . ..
. . . . - ~ . . .. . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . . . . .
,,5 EAP-3, Enclosure 4 ,
Instrumentation and Control Coordinator 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION j Position: Instrumentation and Control Coordinator Designee: Site Supervisor Instrumentation and Control Alternate: As Instrumentation and Control Department Supervisor Superintendent Technical Services Nuclear Reports To: Technical Data Coordinator Reporting Location: Technical Support Center 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Supervisor Instrttmentation and Control is responsible to the Technical Data Coordinator for: 21 Analyzing and resolving instrumentation and control related problems. 2.2 Designing and coordinating the installation of short term emergency modifications. 2.3 Assisting in the development of emergency operating procedures for' coordinating emergency operations. , 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 3.1 General Activities 3.1 1 Report your position and readiness to the Site Emergency Director. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other Technical te? port Center Staff seabers and the Technical Data Coordinator. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for I at all times. 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same. 3.1.5 Maintain a' running log of your activities and ensure documentation of the following in the IM: ' Coordinator's Log- - wrm3 .w %..a .. - , - 4
'Communicatidni-
' ~ " ' '
' ' ~ " " * ~' ' " '
E Key decisions Data collected Checklists Use EPP-13, Figure 8 " Emergency Response / Recovery Action Log". An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they nay be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery activities. . EAP-3 -9 June 1982 7
- -~ '
+ , , y- y -- - -t,,- -w - - - - -
- t- - - + - + ~ " -- - - - - , - - - - + - - - - -
- ~-
EAP-3, Enclosure 4 (Cont.) i ') Instrumentation and Control Coordiantor 3.1.6 A. When assuming the I&C Coordinator's position, request a bri.mr on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the I&C Coordinator's Log and ensure your name is placed in the appropriata box on the organization chart. 3. When relinquishing the IEC Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note
. completion of this step in the I & C Coordinator's Log.
3.1.7 Ensure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17. 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15, 3.2 Upon arrival in the TSC, put your name in the appropriate box on the organization chart and log in on Accountability Log. 1 3.3 If one of the first people to arriv's in the TSC, assist in activating the TSC per EPP-13, Figure 6, "TSC General Rules of Conduct". 3.4 Receive br4 * *4 a__g from the Teeha4a=1 Data Coordinator or Emergency Director on plant status and corrective actions in prcgress. . 3.5 f~ At the direction of the Emergency Director or the Terhair=1 Data
' Coordinator, and in consultation with the I&C Unit Supervisor in the Control Room, analyze problems, determine alternate solutions, and design and coordinate the installation of short term modifications.
In addition, assist in the development of emergency operating procedures for conducting emergency operations. 3.6 Call upon additional I&C Department personnel through the OSC Coordinator as necessary to provide a'ssistance.
. 3.7 As necessary, coordinate with the Maintenance Coordinator and Station -
Survey / Sample Team Coordinator to arrange for the dispatch of teams to assess damage and repair of failed equipment. 3.8 Observe the general rules of conduct for the TSC (IPP-13, rigure 6). N I D NT.iMi'iP98Dih D MIMk N . NYlN4,U'"UMb EAP-3 -10 May 1983 --S
, ,. iI
, . . - , , . , - - , , , . , . , _ , . ~ , . . . _ , , , ,, .-,wn,n ,.n,- ..-,.-,-.n,-- , . _ . - - - . - . , , - - - -.-.,v. , -
w .- . . . -.-.. w . .. - - w- - .- - - . . . - l EAP-3, Enclosure 5 Reactor Analyst Coordinator' 1.0 CENERAL INFORMATION Position: Reactor Analyst Coordinator Designee: Site Supervisor Reactor Analyst Alternate: A Reactor Analyst Department Supervisor Superintendent Technical Services Nuclear Reports To: Technical Data Coordinator , Reporting Location: Technical Support Center 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES
~
The Reactor Analyst Coordinator is responsible to the Technical Data Coordinator for: l 2.1 Analyzing and resolving reactor physics related problems. 2.2 Designing and coordinating the installation of short term emergency modifications.
- 2.3 Assisting in the development of emergency operating procedures for' conducting emergency operations.
3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 3.1 General Activities 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness to the Site Emergency Director. l 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other Technical Support Center Staff members and to the Technical Data Coordinator. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, an: , make request for same. - 1 3.1.5 Maintain a running log of your activities and ensure documentation of
$gpr ce .ww, : , , y: . the - following Co m nications in the. Reactor Analys,t Coordinator',s. Log:, ,,,, , ., , ,
I - Key decisions Data collected Cheeklists Use EPP-13, Figure 8 " Emergency Response / Recovery Action Log". An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery activities.
. EAP-3 -11 June 1982 ---
g f -M
4 h I-l 2AP-3, Enclosure 5 (Cont.) ~T Reactor Analyst CoorMantor I i l 3.1.6 A. When assuming the Reactor Analyst Coordinator's position,
! request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status free the previous position holder. Note completion of this step
- l. in the Reactor Analyst Coordinator's Los and ensure your name is l placed in the appser iutte box on the organization chart.
I i 3. When reling"4 =h4= the Reactor Analyst Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the energency and energency actions s tatus. Note complation of this step in the Reactor Analyst Coordinator's Log. 3.1.7 2nsure proper use of cosusunications equipment per EPP-17.
- 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15.
3.2 Upn arrival in the TSC, put your na=* in the appropriate box on the y organization' chart and log in on Accountability log. 3.3 If one of the first people to arrive in the TSC, assist in activating the TSC per EPP-13, Figure 6, TSC General Rules of Conduct. 3.4 Receive briefing from the Teah"4a=1 Data coordinator or Emergency'
'!(
p- Director on plant status and corrective actions in progress.
,7' rf 3. 5 At the direction of the Emergency Director or the Teahaf a=1 Data 3 Coordinator, and in consultation with the Ex Analyst Unit Supervisor in the Control Room, analyze problems, determine alternate solutions, . and design and coordinate the installation of short tera -.. modifications.
[. 3.6
- f .
Call upon additional Rx Analyst Department personnel through the OSC Coordinator as necassary to provide assistance.
- .v.
h.- 3.7 Observe the General Rules of Conduct for the TSC, EPP-13, Figure 6. ge
*. 1 No l
EAP-3 -12 May 1983 - 9
-d e
*-wy
*~ ~
.. l e
l 1 EAP-3, Enclosure 6 Communications Coordinator 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION $ Position: Communications Coordinator l Desianee: Supervisor Quality Assurance Operations Nuclear Alternate: A Quality Assurance Operations Department Supervisor Reports To: Technical Data Coordinator Reportieng Location: Technical Support Center 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Communications Coordinator is responsible to the Technical Data Coordinator for: 2.1 Completing emergency notifications and updates as required per EPP-20. 2.2 Maintaining on a 24 hour per day basis TSC communications with the Control Room, Operations Support Center, Emergency Operations Facility, Corporate Headquarters and outside agencies. 2.3 Providing data and/or information received to appropriate TSC personnel for actions and/or posting. 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 3.1 General Activities - 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness to the Site Emergency Director. ., 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other Technical I Support Center Staff members, to the Technical Data Coordinator and to the Ststion Shift Supervisor. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for ' at all times. ' t 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same. 3.1.5 Maintain a running log of your activities and ensure documentation of the following in the Communications Coordinator's Log: l - Communications Key decisions Data collected Checklists Use EPP-13, Figure 8 " Emergency Response / Recovery Action Log". .
. EAP-3 -13 June 1982 H
? *$
a FAP-3. Enclosure 6 (Cont.)
-)
ca====4 cations Coordinator 3.1.5 Co'ntinued An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery activities. Ensure Communications Staff uses EAP-3, Enclosure 6, Figure 1 to maintain a running log of all communication's. activities. 3.1.6 A. When assuming the ra==mications coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from , the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the ra==== 4 estions Coordinator's log and ensure your nsas is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart. B. When relinquishing the ca===nications Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Communications Coordinator's Ing. 3.1.7 Ensure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17.
~
3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with IPP-15. b., 3.2 Upon arrival in the TSC, put your name in the appropriate box on the l.J. .. . . organization chart and log in on Accountability I43 # z;. '
';_: 3. '3 If necessary, assist in activating the TSC per IPP-13, Figure 6, TSC General Rules of Conduct. -
3.4 Prepare to make emergency notifications per EPP-20, " Emergency Notification Procedure", u*414-da! the ca==nnications Coordinator's J. _ Emergency Notifications Checklist - Figure 2 of that procedure. 1 [i t ~ Raquest assistance from Teabia=1 Data Coordinator in obe=4=4=! data
- pt and approval for information required in Part I, II & III of NYS l *e
- - Notification Forms.
,. s.r..' . . , r-
" f" 3.5 Call OSC and request additional communications staff aanbers (ue414 *4 "! approved personnel lists of EPP-11) to ensure the f;.
following communication linas are mannad for initiating and receiving E- telephona and radio messagesa '
~.C. .
+ *1 NEC CNS Telephone - TSC to NEC M.. .. _m. .GM$iAP' nac'nea16 PhysicstelaytinNMo'15iiic%.tsorkbwssac . ' NN
*3 Tsc - CE Dedicated line -
~'
*4 TSC - 20F Dedicated Line 5 TSC - NYS Radiological Emergency Communications System (RECS) 6 TSC - Corporate EOC dedicated line
- Provisions shall be made to ensure these lines rama h open after initial notification, if possible.
EAP-3 -i4 May 1983
~
EAP-3, Enclosure 6 (Cont.) Coussunications Cor rdinator'
~ . 3.5 Continued 7 N.Y. Telephone Private Lines 8 Site PBX System Telephone 9 Gaitronics (Hear-Bere) 10 Site VHF and UHF Radio Systems 3.6 Receive briefing from Energency Director.
3.7 Comumence emergency contacts per EPP-20, " Emergency Notifications". 3.8 Record all relevant messages received and/or transmitted on triplicate forms provided in the TSC emergency operations kit and logged in on Figure 1. The disbursement of these forms shall be as follows: 1st copy - For Action to Emergency Director or Appropriate TSC Staff member 2nd copy.- For Status Logging through the Technical Data Coordinator 3rd copy - To be retained by message taker i 3.9 Have onA individual continuously man the TSC-Control Room dedicated line. Have this individual obtain as much information as possible from the Control Room, particularly information requested by members of the TSC staff. Once TSC fully operational have this individual continue to pass all relevant emergency status reports and data to the Control Room. 3.10 Have one individual continuously man the TSC-EOF dedicated line . (after personnel arrive. in EOF and are ready to receive continuous ' information). Have this individual pass all relevant information [- continuously to the EOF. ; 1 l 3.11' Periodically assess the flow of information into, within, and .out of ' the TSC and make recommendations for and/or institute any modifications to the communications flow path. 3.12 Periodies117 obtain updated information, through the Faergency iw J'* .h Director, to be,provided to emergency contacts and.other elements of i
. g..g , . , -,g,,g,,gg,, (g,,., ensure tha't'all' interest'ed
,j g '"E parties are kept updated as to plant status, corrective actions, etc.).
! 3.13 - Observe the geaeral rules of conduct for the TSC (EPP-13 Figure 6). EAP-3 -15 June 1982 7
-i
= em + - mer,e e se se=Da e a en- - . . eem e .umen. men. ..,.,-e. . . % ,. , , , , , , , , , . _ , _
EAP-3, Enclosure 6 (Cont.) Figure 1
.)
Date: Method of Communications: Communicator: A Gaitronics (Name) B Radio C Telephone # D Hotline . Specify (List and alphabetize other - methods as necessary.) COMMUNICATIONS LOG Description Message # Method Used Time In Out From To of Message t
'm m; a s.g x ,~.e s.:,.7,; 4 w. % % a..g.1g'~,fgis. %.r.~.,4+.&,,.w % yy,yu.: .~'.
. . m ~~ < . . a y EAP-3 -16 June 1982 -
N.
-f l
I l_ . , . . . - ..-. . , . .. - . , - -- -.---.-.-
.[
~
- - ._.;._.. . A $.. __'_. .___ _. _ _ . _ _ . . _ . _ . _ _ . _ . . _ . _ _ _ _ EAP-3, Enclosure 7 Maintenance Coordinator - 1.0 CENERAL INFORMATION Position: Maintenance Coordinator . Designee: Maintenance Superintendent Nuclear Alternate: A Maintensuce Dep'Artment Supervisor Reports To: Emergency Director Reporting Location: Technical Support Center 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Maintenance Coordinator is responsible to the Emergency Director for the management of efforts to: , 2.1 Repair equipment during an emergency; 2.2 Maintain equipment during an emergency; 2.3 Install .e,mergency structures, systems and components; , 2.4 Perform mitigation and clean-up activities during an emergency. These responsibilities include providing technical and administrative direction to Damage Control Teams through the OSC Damage Control Team i
, Coordinator and/or the Operations Support Center Coordinator. In addition the Maintenance Coordinator will assist the Emergency !
Director in providing administrative direction to the OSC through the , OSC Coordinator. , i o e t 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS , 3.1 Ceneral Activities 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness.to the Site Emergency Director. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other Technical Support Center Staff members that report to you and to the Station Shift Supervisor. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel. actively assigmsd to you are accounted for at all times. l 3.1.4 Determine need f or additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same.
, E AP-3 -17 June 1982 -g
. - , . . ~ - . . . - . _ - - - . _ . _ ..- ... _ . . . . . . _ , _ . . _ . _ . . _ _ . . .
- , - q. ., y_,., ,,,,,,__._,.y., . . . , , . _ , . .,,,,,_m,,,,yp._
d_ . - i
?
- h E & 3, Enclosure 7 (Cont.) l Maintenance coordinator T
- 3.1.5 Maintain a runr.ing log of your activities and ensure documentation of the following in the Maintenance Coordinator's Log:
Ca====1 cations Key decisions Data collected Checklists
- Use EPP-13, Figure 8 " Emergency Response / Recovery Action Log".
An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery activities. 3.1.6 A. When assuming the Maintenance Coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Maintenance Coordinator's Log and ensure your name is placed in
, the appropriate box on the organization chart.
B. When relinquishing the Maintenance Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Maintenance Coordinator's Iag. 3.1.7 Ensure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17. , 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15. s ,t , l~ 3.2 Upon arrival in the Technical Support Center put your name in the f f- appropriate box on the organization chart and log in on g. Accountability Log. 3.3 If one of the first people to arrive in the TSC, assist in activating g[ - l the TSC per EPP-13, Figure 6, "TSC General Rules of Conduct". z.:v . 3 - 3.4 Upon activation of the Operations Support Center ensure that a
@5 Maintenance Department Supervisor has staffed the following positions: $$S OSC Coordinator .
t; c. -
' ~
OSC Communicator Personnel Accountability Coore nator Damage Control Team Coordinator 3.5 Establish communications with the OSC Coordinator and keep Emergency i Director informed relative to OSC activities such as:
', . a) Activation Status 1 ;~ b) Accountability Status c) Manpower Status d) Habitability Status of OSC Areas (ie 261 and 277 Lunih' oom Area, Lockerroom etc.)
EAP-3 - 18 May 1983 w < _ ~4
- - . . _ . . ~ . _ . - _ . _ - . . . . . .
rF- w-wwww-ww-t- - -rw- - - - cwe-f---w-- -we -,w w---m-wev-r we- w vw---.m-w-w--r---e- rm e e
FAP-3, Enclosure 7 (Cont. ) Maintenance'Coord.inator , s 3.6 Confer with the Energency Director and other members of the TSC to evaluate station status and to determine the need for damage inspection and repair activities per EPP-22. In addition assist in the installation of special instructions, systems, and components as required or in the coordination of contamination control activities as the need arises. s 3.7 If a " Site Evacuation" is ordered coordinate with the Radiological 1 Assessment Coordinator the use of maintenance personnel in the decontamination of evacuating vehicles from NMP Unit 1, NMP Unit 2, and the Energy Information Center. 3.8 As information is received from Damage Control Teams, keep Emergency Director and Teeknie=1 Data Coordinator appraised for posting on ISC status boards.
~ .
l u e Y-r h[.- ge . e . .. .
- y. t .-
i
.w ..
R ,' *
.c.
EAP-3 -19 May 1983 .
. -- g-
_ .- --q
._ _~ . , ~ _ . _ _ , _ . , . _ _ , . _ _ , . _ . . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ . . _ _ . . . .
l
. EAP-3. Inclosure 8 T
Radiolorical Assessment Coordinator 1.0 GDERAL INFORMATION Position: Radiological Assessment Coordinator Designee: Superintendent Chemistry & Radiation Management Alternate: A cha=intry and Radi tion Management Department Supervisor Reports To: Emergency Director Reporting Location: Tech 4r=1 Support Center (initially) Emergency Operations Facility (once fully operational) 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Radiological Assessment Coordinator is responsible to the Imergency Director for: 2.1 Managing the radiological monitoring and assessment aspects of the station during an emergency; 2.2 Managing acedvities to control radiation exposure; 2.3 Providing terhie=1 and administrative direction to the Station and Rnvironment Survey / Sample Team Coordinators and staff; 2.4 Managing the onsite and offsite dose assessment aspects of an emergency to determine radiological. consequences and harmeds to station personnel and the general public. 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 3.1 General Activities 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness to the Site Emergency Director. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other Tee 64e=1 Support Center Staff members and to the Station Shift Supervisor. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. i 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same. EAP-3 -20 May 1983 1_;_ s _. . ; c: l
+
-----,-r- - -
i EAP-3, Enclosure 8 (Cont.) Radiological Assessment Coordinator 3.1.5 Maintain a rimning los of your activities and ensure documentation of , the following in the Radiological Assessment Coordinator's Log: Communications Key decisions Data collected Checklists Use EPP-13, Figure 8 "Beergency Response / Recovery Action Log". An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery activities. 3.1.6 A. When assuming the Radiological Assesament Coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Radiological Assessment Coordinator's Log and ensure your usae is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart. B. When relinquishing the Radiological Assessment Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the emergancy and eme::gency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Radiological Assessment Coordinator's Log. 4 3.1.7 Ensure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17. 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15. 3.2 Upon arrival in the TSC, put your usae in the appropriate box on the 1 organization chart and log in on Accountability Log. 3.3 If necessary, assist in activating the TSC per EPP-13, Figure 6, TSC General Rules of Conduct. 3.4 Receive briefing from Emergency Director on plant status, corrective actions in progress, identified or anticipated survey / sample needs, and dose assessment requirements. 3.5 Verify personnel are present to fill the following positions:
- a. TSC Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator -
l Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator -
- b. OSC Chemistry and Radiation Protection Team i
Coordinator -
- c. Control Room Assistant Supervisor Chemistry & Radiation
- Protection -
EAP-3 -21 May 1983 [w Y
EAP-3, Enclosure 8 (Cont.) T Radiological Assessment Coordinator 3.5 Continued l If designee or alternate is not present, request approved l alternate (s) from the OSC Coordinator per EPP-11, approved personnel lists. 3.6 Request additional personnel from the OSC (preferably Chemistry and Radiation Management Department personnel) to assist you in performing the following activities: I Radiological Control Activities Dose Projections Source Tern Asses ==mt Communications (radio and dedicated linea) 3.7 Brief coordinators on plant status, corrective action in progress, and identified or anticipated survey / sample needs. Discuss survey / sample strategy and develop plans. 3.8 Before dispatch of any emergency teams (e.g., survey, repair and a damage control, search and rescue) assure the appropriate coordinator is aware of any actual or potential hazards; that appropriate dose ( and dose rate monitoring devices and protective clothing and equipment will be utilized; that the teams receive adequate briefing, and that measures are implemented to adequately monitor and control personnel exposures. (Refer to EPP-15, " Health Physics Procedure".) 3.9 Radiological Control Activities 3.9.1 Aid in det= =4=4= the need for protective actions (shelter or evacuation) for site personnel per data supplied by Survey / Sample Team Coordinators. If evacuation is recommended, determine best possible route consistent with County Evacuation Plan (see EPP-19 and 26). l 3.9.2 Assign priorities to the tasks at hand to ensure that the personnel resources available are used in the best way to cope with the , emergency. Figure 1 provides a general outline of task priorities developed to address a. radiological emergency. ':his outline can be used as a first cut se prioritizing the tasks required to respond to as actual emergency. EAP-3 -22 May 1983 'H
- ~ ;
I I
- - - , ~ . , . , -, , - . - . - - - - . - , _ _ , , . . - , , _ _ _ . - . _ . . , - - - , . , - , , --i,,,-,- ,---,,,.-,-w__ . - - , - - - _ , - _ _ , , . - , _ . , - - ,
l l l 1 EAP-3, Enclosure S (Cont.)
~
Radiolozical Assessment roordinator 3.10 Dose Projections 3.10.1 Initial Dose Projections
- 1. Calculate (or have calculated) initial dose projections using EPP-8 for areas where the plume centerline intersects at the site boundary and at 2, 5, & 10 mile radius from the station.
- 2. Evaluate results and discuss the need for Protective Action 1 recommendation with the Emergency Director per EPP-26,
- 3. Determine how often the calculation should be repeated (once per hour or upon any significant change in release rate is recommended).
3.10.2 Fon ow Up Dose Projections ~,
- 1. C=1-1=te (or have calculated) fonow up dose projections as data becomes available using EPP-8.
- 2. Evaluate results and discuss the need for recommending or updating protective action recommendations with the Emergency Director. Ensure all onsite and offsite estimates are posted by the Technical Data Coordinator.
( 3. n Scurce Tern Assessment NOTE: The frequency of the determination of source term is dep .ndent on (1) needs for calculating dose projections and (2) changing plant conditions. 3.11.1 Implement appropriate sections of EPP-8 and determine release rates from vent / stack monitors if available. 3.11.2 If estimates of reactor water activity, cones 4 - nt atmosphere activity, or fuel damage are required, implement appropriate section of EPP-8 to determine source term. 3.12 Environmental Monitoring Activities 3.12.1 Assist Environment Survey / Sample Team Coordinator in selecting proper monitoring locations and assessing radiological conditions expected in the field. 3.12.2 Advise appropriate State and County officials of the initial monitoring efforts underway. 3.12.3 Make results of monitoring efforts and analysis of samples available to State and County officials via EPP-20. , EAP-3 -23 May 1983 - r
.s-
= .
I . . I j. EAP-3. Inclosure 8 (Cont.) .s 1 Radiological Assessment Coordinator 3.12.4 When necessary, arrange for collection and analysis of expanded environmental monitoring program by contractor personnal per EPP-16. 3.13 Plume Tracking Activities 3.13.1 Upon the release of radioactive material from the plant as a result of an emergency condition, arrange for the Environmental Survey /Samp.3 Team Coordinator to monitor the location and radiation levels of the plume per EPP-7. 3.13.2 Direct the Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator to prepare the Downwind Survey Teams for plume measurements. 3.13.3 Direct Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator to ==4at=4n communications with the Downwind Survey Teams and compare reported readings with those projected. 3.13.4 Verify any uncertainties related to wind direction (i.e., 1ske breeze) by reviewing meteorological data directly or through the Assistant Chemistry and Radiation Protection Supervisor in the control Room. . 3.13.5 If deemed b :essary and if not already performed per EPP-20, request
~
assistance from the Department of Energy for special plume surveys. 3.13.6 If assessments of the plume trajectory are uncertain, contact (directly, through the Metacrological Advisor or Communications Coordinator) the National Weather Service to get updated weather forecast and wind trajectories. i (1) WSO Syracuse ~ = I (2) WSPD Buffalo 41-3.14 Plant Monitoring Activities 3.14.1 Assist Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator in selecting proper monitoring and sample collection points, data required, and the assessment of radiological conditions at those points. t 3.14.2 Assist Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator in determinine proper protective gear and dosimetry for survey taans. Additionally, discuss any precautions that should be included in the Inplant Monitoring Team's briefing. 3.15 Maintain interface with Survey / Sample Team Coordinator in the following matters:
- a. Required survey / sample activities
- b. Disposition of results (including disposition of various samples)
- c. Requests for outside assistance (JAFNPP, Ginna, INPO, MLMAP, etc.) and interfaces with these groups. .
IAP-3 -24 May 1983 ' g
FAP-3, Enclosure 8 (Cont. ) Radiological Assessment Coordinator' t 3.16 Periodically review posted data to verify completeness and accuracy
?
1 and discuss radiological conditions and activities with the Emergency Director. Verify that appropriate data and reca==andations have been 1 transmitted to offsite authorities and are being implemented onsite. 3.17 Implement use of RWP's for onsite activities through the Station 4 Survey / Sample Team Coordinator and additional staff in TSC (i.e. repair and damage control, assessment activities, operations, etc.). 3.18 Observe the general rules of conduct for the TSC (EPP-13, Figure 6). 3.19 During a Site Area or General Emergency, interface with the Meteorological Advisor upon his arrival. During an Alert or below, assess need for Meteorological Advisor and, if necessary, request he be dispatched to TSC. 3.20 When directed, transfer radiological assessment operations to the nearsite EOF and coordinate activities with local, state, and federal agencies. Staff to be provided in the EOF shall include, as a minimum: Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator Meteorological Advisor Radio Operator (Radiation Protection Technie4=a or Lupervisor) Surveyor (Radiation Protection Technician) Additional personnel as needed to carry out doad assessment functions and interface with offsite authorities
~
EAP-3 -25 May 1983
'w{
5
EAP-3, Enclosure 8 (Cont.) PIGURE 1 RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR Amy.Ln PRIORITIES (1) Prior 1ty Task Procedure to Implement
.L searca anc Rescue and First Aid Life-Saving Only EPP-3, 4, 15 2 Initial Dose Projections and Co==Maon with EPA Protective Action Guides EPP-8, 26 1 3 In-Plant Surveys to Calculate Initial Source Tara EPP-6 4 Provide Personnel to Accompany Initial Damage Control Team EPP-6, 22 5 Dose confirmation (Off-Site Monitoring) EPP-7 6 Provide Personnel to Monitor at Accountability Area for Radiation /
. Contaminated Areas EPP-5 7 Emergency Pirst Aid and Decone==1 nation:
not Life-Saving EPP-4, 15 .
)
8 Provide Personnel to Accompany Pollow-Up Reentry Teams EPP-22 9 Personnel Erposure Control (Routine Dosimetry Assurance and Completion of Special Radiation Work Permits) EPP-15, 20 10 Pollow-Up Environmental Monitoring EPP-16 11 Liaison with Off-Site Agencies EPP-20 12 Pollow-Up Dose Projections and Protective Action Modifications EPP-8, 26 1 13 Pollow-Up In-Plant /On-Site Monitoring and Sample Collection EPP-6, 7 14 Sample Analysis EPP-15 15 Minor Pirst Aid and Decontamination EPP-4, 15 (1) This list of activity priorities is sequenced in a "likely order" for a fast br= =1ri n g radiological emergency when personnel resources may be linited. Personnel assignments should be made as needed by the specific l plant and personnel requirements. > I
, . -- .]
4 EAP-3 -26 May 1983 'i l
EAP-3, Enclosure 9 Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordin tor 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION Position: Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator Designee: Environmental Protection Coordinator Alternate: A Chemistry and Radiation Management Department Supervisor Reports To: Radiological Assessment Coordinator Reporting Location: Teah=4"=1 Support Center (initially) Emergency Operations Facility (when fully operational) 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator is responsible to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator for: 2.1 Providing technical and administrative direction to environmental monitoring teams (onsite and offsite) during a declared emergency.
. 2.2 Assist in the evaluation of onsite and offsite dose assessment aspects of an emergency to determine potential or actual radiological to site personnel and the general public.
3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 3.1 General Activities 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness to the Site Emergency Director. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other Technical i Support Center Staff members and to the Radiological Assessment i Coordinator. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same. l l EAP-3 -27 May 1983 l
l t
- i l EAP-3, Enclosure 9 (Cont.)
Invironmental Survey / Sample Team CoorM= tor 3 l l 3.1.5 Maintain a running log of your activities and ensure documentation of l the following in the Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator's 2,og: g - Communications l - hy hddas Data collected Checklists
; Use EPP-13, Figure 8 " Emergency Response / Recovery Action Log".
f An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be i vitally important to later review of emergency response /recovary f activities. t
, 3.1.6 A. When assuming the Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Invironmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator's Log and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart.
B. When relinquishing the invironmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator's Log. 3.1.7 Ensure proper use of communications equipment per IPP-17. 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15. 3.2 Upon arrival in the TSC, put your name in the appropriate box on the 1 organization chart and log in on Accountability Iog. 3.3 If one of the first people to arrive in the TSC, assist in activating the TSC per EPP-13, Figure 6, TSC General Rules of Conduct. 3.4 Receive briefing from Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Emergency Director on plant status and corrective actions in progress. 3.5 Interface with Radiological Assessment Coordinator to discuss sampling / survey strategy. 3.6 Assign personnel to perform environmental monitoring as directed by Radiological Assessment Coordinator per guidance provd.ded in EPP-7. Priorities for assi l m=*"t will depend on plant canditions; the following order of tasks is provided as a guide: (1) Dose Confirmation - EPP-7 (2) Offsite Monitoring - EEP-7, 16 (3) Monitoring of Evacuating Vehicles and Personnel - EPP-19 (4) Other missions as required
~~ '. EAP-3 -28 May 1983 . .p_-
. . . - . ~ , _ , _ _ . - -
FAP-3, Enclosure 9 (Cont. ) Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator t 3.7 Establish communication with environmental (Downwind) survey teams. Assess their availability and location. NOTE: Communications with survey teams will be initially through TSC-OSC dedicated line (via supervisor or chief technician) until teams are dispatched. Communications thereafter to be preferentially via UHF radio directly to teams. 3.8 Transmit directions to environmental (Downwind) survey teams for areas selected. Provide appropriate precautions on expected or potential hazards, protective clothing requirements, and exposure control (per EPP-15, " Health Physics Procedure"). 3.9 Transmit data received to Radiological 1. sessment Coordinator for dose projections. Ensure all data received is logged and plotted on TSC status boards by the Teahaie=1 Data Coordinator's Staff.
'3.10 In consultation with Radiological Assessment Coordinator and
, Emergency Director initiate further sample directions to survey teams. l 3.11 Observe the general rules of conduct for the TSC (EPP-13, Figure 6). 3.12 When directed, transfer operations to the nearsite EOF and coordinate activities with local, state and federal agencies. 9 0 1 e EAP-3 -29 May 1983
- 7*#
6 . . ., l ELP-3, Enclosure 10 3 Station Survev/ Sample Team Coordinator 1.0 GBGRAL INFORMATION Position: Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator Designee: Supervisor Chamistry and Radiation Protection Alternate: A Chemistry and Radiation Management Department Supervisor Reports To: Radiological Assessment Coordinator Repo'rting location: Teah*4e=1 Support Center 2.0 RISPONSIBILITIES The Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator is responsible to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator for: . 2.1 Providing technical and administrative direction to inplant monitoring teams during a declared emergency. 2.2 Assist in the' evaluation of inplant dose assessment aspects of an ) emergency to determine potential or actus1 radiological hazards to site personnel. . 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 3.1 General Activities 3.1.1 Report your position and r==d4===s to the Site Emergency Director. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other Tech =4e=1 Support Center Staff members and to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same.
- .y EAP43 -30 May 1983 . .,2
EAP-3, Enclosure 10(Cont.) Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator 3.1.5 Maine-in a running les of your activities and ensure documentation of the following in the Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator's Log: Communications Key decisions Data collected Checklists Use EPP-13, Figure 8 "Bnergency Response / Recovery Action Log". An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency responae/ recovery activities. 3.1.6 A. hn assuming the Station Survey / Sample . Team Coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator's Log and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart. B. hn relinquishing the Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator's Log. 3.1.7 Ensure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17. 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15. . 3.2 Upon arrival in the TSC, put your name in the appropriate box on the 1 organization chart and log in or Accountability Log. 3.3 If one of the first people to arrive in the TSC, assist in activating the TSC per EPP-13, Pigure 6 "TSC General Rules of Conduct". 3.4 Receive briefing from Radiological Assessment Coordinator or Emergency Director on plant status and corrective actions in progress. 3.5 Assess plant status and communicate these conditions to the Assistant Supervisor Chemistry and Radiation Protection in the Control Room and , the Chemistry and Radiation Protection Team Coordinator in the OSC.
. ~:~.s
_ { EAP-3 -31 May 1983 ;$
FAP-3, Enclosure 10 (Cont.) 3 Station Survev/ Sample Team Coordinator 3.6 Establish communications with the Chemistry and Radiation Protection Team Coordinator in OSC and assign personnel to perform inplant monitoring as directed by the Radiological Assessment Coordinator. Priorities for assignment will depend on plant conditions; the following order of tasks is provided as a guide: (1) Support of Source Tara calculations needed for initial dose projection when radiation monitors are inoperable (EPP-6) (2) Inplant surveys to calculate initial source / dose (EPP-6) (3) Accompany initial Damage Control Teams (EPP-6, 22) (4) Accompany subsequent Damage Control Teams (IPP-6, 22) (5) Inplant Sample Collection (EPP-6, 15) (6) Sample Analysis (EPP-15) (7) Other missions as required 3.7 Establish communications with the inplant survey team (s) and assess their availability and location. NOTE: Ca==tmications with survey teams will be initially through TSC-OSC dedicated line (via supervisor or chief technician) until teams are dispatched. Communications thereafter to
-be via UHF radio directly to teams.
3.8 If not already done, perform or evaluate a radiological survey of the TSC. If the B-f dose rate is greater than 100 or air e are greater than ten x MPC I g ) advise Emergency Director to evacuate center or activate TSC entrations (9x10g/hr uci/a1 for Emergency Ventilation. In addition, establish a step % ff pad at entrance to Teah4*=1 Library for monitoring personnel entering TSC. 1 3.9 Tr= - 4t directions to inplant survey teams for areas selected. Provide appropriate precautions on expected or potential hazards, protective clothing requirements, and exposure control (per EPP-6 and EPP-15). 3.10 7.eep B,adiological Assessment Coordinator appraised of all data received. Ensure data is logged and plotted on TSC status boards. 3.11 Interiace with the Maintenance Coordinator (in TSC), NMP Fire Department Coordinator (in OSC or at scene of fire, injury, etc.) and any- other coordinator dispatching emargency teas (s) to assure appropriate radiation protection precautions and exposure control methods are provided. NOTE: A radiation protection teab4*4*" should be dispatched with any emergency team to provide radiation protection coverage. Arrange for this through the Che=1stry and Radiation Protection Team Coordinator in the CSC. a 7,s'
~
'EAP-3 -32 May 1983 l
l l _______ ._ _ _ _ _ _ - - - . . - - - - - - -= -- - - - '-~
4 - - EAP-3, Enclosure 10 (Cont.) , Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator 3.12 In the event of a station evatuation, dispatch a survey tasa to monitor contractors assembling at their work locations headquarters, (i.e. North and South trailer areas; see EPP-5, Station Evacuation). 3.13 In consultation with Radiological Assessment Coordinator initiate further directions to survey teams. 3.14 Implement the use of RWPs, time permitting, for activities of an emergency nature and as initial emergency activities subside for all activities. 3.15 Observe the general rules of conduct for the TSC (EPP-13, Figure 6).
,1 E$P-3 -33 May 1983 'Ed
- +$
v . w N - N'/ t- . e
/
EAP-3, Enclosu m 11 A g Meteorological Advisor
- 1. 0' GENERAL INFORMATION ~ -
O Position: Meteorological Advisor Designee: Invironmental Affairs Dept. Staff Metaorologist
,Alte nata:
An Environmental Affairs Department Member Reports To: Radiological Assessment Coordinatbr Reporting Location: Emergency Operations Facility 1
- .0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Meteorological Advisor is responsible to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator for: ^
2.1 Providing terb+e=1 and eamiMstrative assistance to the Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator- in, directing environmental monitoring teams. 2.2 Providing technical and administrative as'sistance re3aEive.to the verification of offsite meteorological cord.itions as thU, relate to offsite dose projections and protective gtion reco===MA 31ons.
- s. .
. 3.0 AcrIONS AND LIMITATIONS .
3.1 T <:
- _ General Activities <
3.1.1 Report ycur position and rowdinays to the Site Emergency Direc$or.
- m. .
3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to; otha_r Technical Support center Staff members and tc 'the Radiological Asseassant
~
Coordinatcr.
+ -
3.1.3 Ennte that all pers. cane 1' actively assigned to you are acccunted for s at all times. ,
.- _ t 3.1.4 Deterniine 1: ed for additional eT 1 pea.ur,', supplies, and manporar, and make request fer,same. - f
~
w a.
/
w g, s EAP-3 -34 May 1933 . '
.. . , ..Y.- , ..
,l l
, , Q
.. __:..-,_.__ ,___Y...";_--__._'.-.___-.
-~
J l-EA.P-3, Enclosure 11 (Cont.) , t
, Meteorolonical Advisor 3.1.5 Maintain a running los of your activities and ensure documentation of the following in the Meteorological Advisor's Log:
Cossunications Key decisions Data collected Checklists Use EPP-13, Figure 8 " Emergency Response / Recovery Action Log". An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery activities. 3.1.6 A. When assuming the Meteorological Advisor's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Meteorological Advisor's Log and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart. B. When relinquishing the Meteorological Advisor's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions statuc. Note completion of this step in the Meteorological Advisor's Log. 3.1.7 Ensure proper'use of communications equipment per EPP-17. 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15. 3.2 Upon notification of an emergency condition, or potential for an
~
. emergency at NMPNS, contact the NWS Syracuse . office and determine current weather conditions and forecast weather conditions for 1 to 3 hours, particularly for the possibility of windshifts or precipitation.
1 3.3 Contact the TSC and brief the Radiological Assessment Coordinator on current weather and the possibility of changes in the near future. 3.4 Upon arrival at the TSC establish contact with NWS Syracuse office and determine if weather changes are possible, and have the NWS office call if any changes do occur. 3.5 Establish contact with Weather Services International (this may be done initially or by someone on the site). Get listing of current weather for possible use in the model in performing dose projections. l 3.6 Determine if initial model estimates are realistice. 3.7 Move to the EOF and upon arrival, deternine if wind field generated by model is realistic. If forecast calls f or wind shif t , estimate impact on model predictions. 4 . EAPh3 -35 May 1983
,s { !.
1, e
~:s
- x 6 s
-,e 4 . -i, ,,-.v,- , - , - - . - - - ,.-r . . , , , - -=- - - - - . .. -
- --n--, - . - - - , . . - . , - - -
_ _ ~ . . (
. t l
T EAP-3, Enclosure 11 (Cont.) 'T s a Meteorological Advisor 3.8 Determine if model predictions and field measurements are consistent with the terms of the model, that is to say, is the largest error in the source ters or the seteorological data, if wind field is unstable, help the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and/or the Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator determine the locacian for placement of field monitoring teams.
; 3.9 Act as the NMPC liaison with the NEO, State and County relative to
. questions about meteorology. -
3.10 Input meteorological data from NWS stations manually to expand the resolution cf the wind field'in the dose assessment model. 3.11 Input forecast meteorological data to estimate dose projections for the future. , 3.12 Maintain contact with NWS Syracuse Office. Update hourly meteorological data received from Weather Services International. 3.13 Contact weather service at: i L'SO Syracuse
- 3 WSFO Buffalo ,
3.14 Keep. the Radiological Assessment Coordinator and Energency Director informed of meteorological conditions and projected changes.
~
3.15 Assist the Radiological Assessment Coordinator as he directs in performing does assessment activities.
*Proprietory information. For controlled copies only.
g
'2 EAP-3 -36 May 1983
EAP-3. Enclosure 12 Security Coordinator I 1.0 GDIERAL INFORMATION Position: Security Coordinator Designee Supervisor Nuclear Security Alternate: A Security Department Supervisor Reports To: Emergency Director Reporting Location: Technical Support Center 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Security Coordinator will be responsible to the Emergency Director fort (1) Maintaining plant security and instituting appropriate ceasures per the Site Security Plsn. (2) Assisting the Personnel Accountability Coordinator in acco mting for site personnel. (3) Provide access and traffic control check. points at emergency facilities. (4) Coordinating security emergency activities. 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 3.1 General Activities 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness to the Site Emergency Director. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other Technical Support Center Staff members. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. 3.1. 4 Detainine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same. EAP-3 -37 May 1983 '~ P l
ELP-3 Inclosure 12 (Cont.) -g Security Coordinator
\
3.1.5 Maintain a running log of your activities and ensure documentation of the following in the Security Coordinator's Log: twm.= 4 ra tions Key decisions Data collected Checklists Use EPP-13, Figure 8 " Emergency Response /Racovery Action Log". An accurate recording of actions must be maintataed as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery activities. 3.1.6 A. When assuming the Security Coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous pos:ition holder. Note completion of this step in the ' Security Coordinator's Img and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart. B. When relinquishing the Security Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Security Coor11nator's Iog. 3.1. 7 Insure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17. i 3.1.8 Insure exposure control is in accociance with EPP-15. 3.2 Upon arrival in the TSC, put your name in the appropriate box on the y orwanintion chart and log in on Accountability Log. i 3.3 If one of the first people to arrive in the TSC, assist in activating the,TSC per EPP-13, Figure 6. "TSC General Rules of Conduct". 3.4 Receive briefing by Energency Director or his designee on emergency status and any security needs. 3.5 Contact the Site Security Supervisor or alternate stationed in the Security Bnt w n! to determine status of station security and implementation of applicable security and contingency procedures. 3.6 Cneck with C-mi cation Coordinator te ensure that the Cc mty Shariff's Office has been notified to establish road blocks at Lake Road (i.e., site entries) and that station security persornal are assigned to supplement these road blocks, as appropriate. If Sheriff has not been contacted, inforn Connunication Coordinator that you will perform notification. my i EAP-3 -38 May 1983 ~~'. i
, _ . - - . , . - - . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - , ~ - ~ - - - - ~ ~ ' ' " ' ' ' ' ' ' " " ' ~ " ~ ~ ' ~ ~ ~ ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ~ ~ ' ~ ~' ~ ~ ~ ~
EAP-3, Enclosure 12 (Cont.) Security Coordinator
- 3.7 Ensure assistance is provided to the Personnel Accountability Coordinator in accounting for station personnel in accordance with EPP-5, " Station Evacuation", EPP-19. " Site Evacuation", and security procedures, if appropriate.
3.8 Provide access and traffic control for offsite NMPC locations, such as the near-site Emergency Operations Pacility and Remote Assembly Area, to the extent allowed by available manpower. 3.9 Upon his arrival at the 20F, maintain liaison with the Security Director. Coordinate security activities with the Emergency Director and the Security Director (in EOF if activated). 3.10 Observe the general rules of conduct for the TSC (EPP-13, Pigure 6). t
\
EAP-3 -39 May 1933 my
- ; ~'
l ---- - - . - - - - - - - - . . - - - -
s . - - FAP-3, P.nclosure 13 3 Public Information Coordinator t 1.0 GDGRAL INFORMATION I Positions Public Information Coordinator Designee Operations Supervisor NNP-2 Alternates s NMP-2 Assist Operations Supervisor NMP-2 Station Shift Supervisor i Reports To Emergency Director Reporting Location Teehaie=1 Support Center - 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Public Information Coordinator is responsible to the Emergency Director for 2.1 Maintaining liaison with the Emergency Director of Public Information or a representative of the NMPC Public Affairs and Corporate Communication Department. 2.2 Providing technical advice to PACC to ensure information released to the public is both teehaie=117 accurate and easily understandable. 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS ~ 3.1 General Activities T 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness to the Site Emergency Director. 3.1.2 Aa====ae your name and assumed position title to other Technical Support Center Staff members. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same. 3.1.5 Maintain a running log of your activities and ensure documentation of the following in the Public Information Coordinator's Log 1 Communications Key decisions Data collected Checklists Use EPP-13, Figure 8 " Emergency Response / Recovery Action Log". An accurate recording of actions nust be naintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery activities. , 7,
,- EAP-3 -40 May 1983 ~'
s y-..w.- ,- , --w-----yw-y - - - - -
.,,,,--w -,-._-,,--,,,-,-..r-.,-..,.-..m,._,,c,. , , , , . - - - , - . , , _ - _ - ,,,.-.--w.., .-...-,...m- w.,
' ~ '~
f EAP-3, Enclosure 13 (Cont.) Public Information Coordinator 3.1.6 A. When assuming the Public Information Coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Public Information Coordinator's Log and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart.
- 3. When relinquishing the Public Information Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Public Information Coordinator's Log.
! 3.1.7 Ensure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17.
; 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15.
3.2 Upon arrival in the TSC, put your name in the appropriate box on the organization chart and log in on Accountability Iag. 3 3.3 If one of the first people to arrive in the TSC, assist in activating the TSC per EPP-13, Figure 6, "TSC General Rules of Conduct". 3.4 Receive briefing from the Emergency Director or his designee on plant status and corrective actions in progress. - 3.5 Establish and maintain communications with the EOF. I
. 3.6 With the Emergency Director's concurrence, supply Emergency Director y
' of Public Informa*. ion or a PACC On-Call Representative.with the
. necessary technical information for release to the public. After hours and weakantia use PACC On-Call List provided in TSC Emergency Operations Kit to contact PACC.
3.7 Observe the general rules of conduct for the TSC (EPP-13, Figure 6). l I l l
.m>
_ j EAP-3 -41 May 1983 J. (
- l. .
EAP-3. Enclosure 14
-) ! Enzineering TSC Coordinator-1.0 T ION GES11RAL INFORMA.
Positions Engineering TSC Coordinator Designee: Manager, Nuclear Technology Alternate: On-Call Engineering TSC Staff Member Reports To: Emergency Director Reporting Location Technical Support Center 2.0 RISPONSIBILITIES The Engineering TSC Coordinator will be responsible to the Emergency Director for coordinating Syracuse Engineering support in the following areas: Operational Engineering Electrical Engineering Meah*=4c=1 Engineering Nuclear Engineering ., Radiological Engineering There duties will be tot
~
2.1 Analyze mech ==4 cal, electrical, instrumentation and control, and radiological problems; determine alternate solutions, design and assist in the coordination of the installation of short-term modifications. l 2.2 Analyze thermohydraulic and thermodynamic problems and develop problem resolutions. 2.3 Assist in the development of Emergency Procedures, Operating ) Procedures, etc. as necessary for conducting emergency operations. I 2.4 Analyze conditions and de relop guidance for the Emergency Director and operations personnel on protection of the core. 2.5 Resolve questions concerning Operating License requirements with NRC representatives.
-m 5 I E P-3 -42 May 1983
. _ _ _ - _ - ~ _ - - ---.. -
e EAP-3, Faelosure 14 (Cont.) Ensineering TSC Coordinator 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 3.1 General Activities 3.1.1 Report your position and ramM nass to the Site Emergency Director. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other T*abie=1 Support Center Staff members. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for sema. 3.1.5 Maintain a running los of your activities and ensure documentation of the follot:ing in the Engineering TSC Coordinator's Log: Communications Key decisions Data collected Checklists Use EPP-13, Figure 8 " Emergency Response / Recovery Action Log". C An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery activities.
. 3.1.6 A. When assuming the Engineering TSC Coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status-from tha previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Engineering TSC Coordinator's log and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart.
- ' 3. When relinquishing the Engineering TSC Coordinator's position, '
brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Engineering TSC Coordinator's Log. , 3.1.7 Ensure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17. 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15. 3.2 Upon arrival in the TSC, put your name in the appropriate box on the organization chart and log in on Accountability Log. 1 _ g EAP-3 -43 May 1983 { t.
EAP-3. Inclosure 14 (Cont.) , Enzineerinz TSC Coordinator
- 3.3 Receive (or request) a briefing from the Emergency Director on plant status, corrective actions in progress, and identified or anticipated problem areas.
3.4 Establish contact with Engineering Support Group in Syracuse and the Technical Liaison and Advisory Manager in EOF. Brief both on current situation and corrective actions in progress. b
.- M
_ EAP-3 -44 May 1983 -M, , + wy - . - s g - - . - , - - , - - -
.,e- ye.<
EAP-3. Enclosure 15 Operations Support Center Coordinator 1.0 GEKZRAL INFORMATION Position: Operations Support Center Coordinator Designee A Maintenance Department Supervisor Reports To: Emergency Director (but coordinates activities , through the Maintenance Coordinator) Reporting I4 cation: Operations Support Center 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Operaticus Support Center Coordinator is responsible to the Emergency Director for 2.1 Coordinating and supervising the overall emergency response operations of the OSC. 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS 3.1 General Activities 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness to the Site Emergency Director. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other Operations Support Center Staff members that report to you and to the' Maintenance Coordinator. ! 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same. 3.1.5 Maintain a running log of your activities and ensure s cumentation of the following in the Operations Support Center coordinator's Log: Communications Key decisions Datt collected Checklists Use EPP-13, Figure 8 " Emergency Response /Racovery Action Log". An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery activities. l EAP-3 -45 May 1983
, 3 . - - - - . . _ _ . _ _ _ , . _ . ~ . . - _ . . . _ . . _ - . _ _ , . _ - ~ . . _ _ . , - . _ - __m,_.. -._,_...,..-_y._-_.._.,,.___ - _ , . . , . _ _ . _ . , _ , - . - , .
IAP-3, Enclosure 15(Cont.) m i Operations Support Center Coordinator 3.1.6 A. When hasuains the Operations Support Center Coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Operations Support Center Coordinator's Los and ensure your name is placed in the 8 appropriate box on the organization chart. B. When relinquishing the Operations Support Center Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the energency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Operations Support Center Coordinator's Log. 3.1.7 Insure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17. 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15, 3.2 If not already accomplished ensure the following are completed: a. Establish communications with TSC (normal hours) or CR (off . hours) and request information on plant status and correerdve actions in progress.
- b. Ensure t a general announcement is made prohibiting smoking, eating, and drinking until habitability surveys have been completed and found to be satisfactory. Request Raciation i
Protection to survey the OSC for radiation levels and airborne activity. Notify Emergency Director immediately of results.
- c. Request Radiation Protection to set up step-off pad and monitor by employee entranca.
- d. Unpack and organize the OSC Emergency operations Kit. Place organization chart at front of Room and put your name in appropriate box.
1
- e. Move tables and ch.tirs to the front and side of room.
=
- f. Place sign on door to Administration Building 14bby directing all personnel to enter via the employee entranca.
- g. Establish a command post at the front of the roca.
3.3 Verify individuals have assumed r - 4=4ng OSC coordinating positions. If a position has not been filled, assign a qualified individual (refer to EPP-11 approved personnel lists for names of qualified personnel). g 1 EAP-3 -46 May 1983 'i
EAP-3, Enclosure 15 (Cont.) Operations Support Center Coordinator 3.4 Determine status of preparation of inplant and environmental survey teams and repair / damage control teams through the Chemistry and Radiation Protection and Respir and Damage Centrol Team Coordinators. Assure TSC is informed of status. NOTE: These individuals will be coordinating with counterparts in TSC (via dedicated lines) and should keep you appraised of their activities, i 3.5 Maiatain or assign an individual to maintain an Assignment / Corrective Action Log (EPP-13, Pigure 9) of OSC events or actions in progress. In addition maintain a log of individual (s) entering and exiting OSC (EPP-13, Figure 10). 3.6 At the direction of the Emergency Director or his designee pass on direction to survey teams, damage control teams and NMP Fire Department Fire / Rescue / Medical Teams. 3.7 Keep Emergency Director informed of all available information concerning repairs, manpower, surveys, etc. 3.8 Assign supervisors or personnel available in OSC to assist in carrying out responsibilities. (Refer to EPP-11 approved personnel lists as necessary.)
- 3. 9 Observe the general rules of conduct for the OSC (E?P-13, Figure 7).
3.10 Periadically discuss status, actions, etc. with OSC coordinating staff. Hold sintimr discussion with Energency Director or designee. Provide appropriate announcements in OSC to keep all present posted on current situations, prognosis, etc. ( 1 i I EAP-3 -47 May 1983
]~ :
' l ELP-3. Inclosure 16 ! 3 Operations Support Center Communicator 1.0 GDGRAL INIURMATION Position: Operations Support Center Communicator Designee: A Maintenance Department Supervisor ! Reporta To: Operations Support Center Coordinator Reporting Location: Operations Support Center 2.0 RESPONSIBILITY The OSC Communicator is responsible to the OSC Coordinator for: 2.1 Maine =4=4=! communications with the control Room. Terh=4c=1 Support Center and Personnel Accountability areas. 2.2 Providing data and information received to appropriate OSC personnel for action. 1 3.0 ACTIONS AND UMITATIONS 3.1 General Activities i 1 . 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness to the OSC Coordinator. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other Operations i Support Center Staff and to the Maintenance Cocrdinator. l l 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same. l l 3.1.5 Maintain a running los of your activities and ensure documentation of l the following in the OSC Communicator's Log: Communications i Use EAP-3, Enclosure 6, Figure 1 "C-=4 cations Log". An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery l activities. i
.q
. EAP-3 -48 May 1983 Li
F1P-3, Enclosure 16 (Cont. ) Operations Support Center Communicator 3.1.6 A. When assuming the OSC Communicator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the OSC Communicator's Log and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart. B. When relinquishing the OSC Communicator's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the OSC Communicator's Log. 3.1.7 Ensure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17. 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15. 3.2 Upon arrival in the OSC place your name in the appropriate box on the organization chart. 3.3 If not already accomplished, establish and maintain communications with the TSC (nomal hours) or CR (off hours), as appropriate. 3.4 Install additional phones (from OSC Emergency Operations Kit) in appropriate jacks and test. Test backup radio. Place phones and radios on tables. 3.5 Request OSC Coordinator to assign supervisors or other personnel
, available in OSC to assist in carrying cut responsibilities. (Rafer to EPP-11 approved personnel lists as necessary.)
3.6 Record all relevant messages received and/or transmitted on triplicate forms provided in the OSC Emergency Operations Kit and logged on EAP-3, Enclosure 6, Figure 1. The disbursement of these forms shall be as follows: 1st copy - For action appropriate OSC Personnel. 2nd copy - For status logging by the OSC Coordinator or designee. 3rd copy - To be retained by OSC Communicator. j 3. 7 Observe the general rules of conduct for the OSC (EPP-13, Figure 7). 3.8 Frequently request Emergency Status updates from TSC and provide information to OSC Coordinator for disbursement to OSC staff, i - l EAPt3 -49 May 1983
, 3 ;
- . - . _ . _ . , _ . ._ _ _ . . . _ . . - _ _ . . _ _ _ . . - - . . . _ ~ _ _ . - . . . , . . . _ _ . _ . . . . . . . . _ _ . .-.
ELP-3 Enclosure 17 ,
]
Personnel Accountability Coord4a= tor 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION Position: Personnel Accountability Coordinator Designee: A Maintenance Department Supervisor Alternate: A Maintenance Department Chief Mechanic or 1 Electrician Reports To: Operations Support Center Coordinator Reporting location: Operations Support Center 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Personnel Accountability Coordinator is responsible to the Operations Support Center Coordinator for: 2.1 Accounting of all site personnel, visitors and contractors within approximately 30 minutes of the start of a Station Evacuation per EPP-5. . 2.2 Accounting of au site personnel, visitors, and contracters during a Site Evacuation per EPP-19. i 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS I + 3.1 General Activities l, 3.1.1 Report your position and r== din =ss to the OSC Coordinator. 3.1.2 Announce your nsas and assumed position title to other Operations Support Center Staff members and to the Maintenance Coordinator. 3.1.3 Insure that au personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at au times. 3.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and aska request for same. 3.1.5 Maintain a running log of your activities and ensure documentation of the fonowing in the Personnel Accountability Coordinator's Iag: Communications Key decisions Data collected Checklists
- Use IPP-13, Figure 8 "Energency Response / Recovery Action Log". ,
An accurate recordlng of actions must be maintained as they may be m vitally imiiortant'- to later review of energency response / recovery M ' activities. IAP-3 -50 May 1983
EAP-3, Enclosure 17 (Cont.) Personnel Accountability Coordinator 3.1.6 A. When assuming the Personnel AccountabiIity Coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Personnel Accountability Coordinator's Los and ensure your 'nsas is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart. B. When r'elinquishing the Personnel Accountability Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Personnel Accountability Coordinator's Log. 3.1.7 Ensure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17. I 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15. 3.2 Upon arrival in the OSC place your name in the appropriate box on the organization chart. 3.3 If not already accomplished, establish communications with Personnel Accountability areas and carry out actions required per EPP-5 and
. EPP-19 as required.
3.4 Request OSC Coordinatcr to assign supervisors or other personnel available in OSC to assist in carrying out responsibilities (refer to
, EPP-11 approved personnel lists as necessary).
i l EAs-3 -51 May 1983 -W _ 41,
r FAP-3. Inclosure 18 . Chemistry and Radiation Protection Team Coordia= tor 1.0 GENIRAL INFORMATION I Position: Chemistry and Radiation Protection Team Coordinator Designee: Assistant Supervisor t'ha=4 =try and Radiation Protection Alternate: A Chemistry and Radiation Protection Chief Technician Reports To: Operations Support Center coordinator (but also communicates and coordinates activities through a Survey / Sample Team Coordinator in TSC) Reporting Iccation: Operations Support Centar 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 1 The Chemistry and Radiation Protection Team Coordinator is responsible to the Operations Support Center Coordinator for 2.1 Providing teakir=1 and administrative direction to survey teams as ' directed by the OSC Coordinator and/or Survey / Sample Tasa Cr.crdinator.
~
2.2 Performing radiation and cone ==4 nation surveys of the Operations Support Center for datamining its habitability. 2.3 Keeping OSC personnel appraised of Emergency Radiological concerns and Chemistry and Radiation Protection amargency actions in progress. 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIMITATIONS , 3.1 General Activities 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness to the OSC Coordinator. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other OSC Staff members and to the Radiological Assessment Coordinator or a Survey / Sample Team Coordinator. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. j 2.1.4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and I make request for same.
.~
EAP-3 -52 May 1983 ' '; l t I l
i i - _. . . . - j l I i i EAP-3, Faclosure 18 (Cont. ) Chemistry and Radiation Protection Team Coordinator 3.1.5 Maintain a running log of your activities and ensure documentation of the following in the Chemistry and Radiation Protection Tesa Coordinator's Log Conaunications Key decisions Data collected Checklists Use EPP-13, Figure 8 "Zaergency Response / Recovery Action Log". An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of energency response / recovery activities. 3.1.6 A. When assuming the Chemistry and Radiation Protection Team Coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions otstus from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Chemistry and Radiation Protection Team Coordinator's Los and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart. i B. When relinquishing the Chemistry and Radiation Protection Tasa Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the emergency and energency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Chemistry and Radiation Protection Team Coordinator's Log. 3.1.7 Ensure proper use of communications equipment per EPP-17. 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15. I~ 3.2 Upon arrival in the OSC ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart. 3.3 If necessary (discuss with OSC Coordinator) assist in activating the r l OSC per EPP-13, Figure 7, OSC General Rules of Conduct. 3.4 If not already accomplished, plug in Radiation Protection dedicated line and contact Radiological. Assessment Coordinator or a l Survey /Sampla Team Coordinator in 'TSC. Receive briefing and any l instructions. 1 EAP,-3 -53 May 1983 1 3 ~: I
~ , . - - - - , . . , . , . - , , . . - - , - . - - ------m . , . - - , . - , - - - - - - , .-,- ,. . . - - . . . - . - - . . - - - - - - - , , - . . . - . . - . - . . - -
EAP-2, Enclosure 18 (Cont.) g Chemistry and Radiation Protection Team Coordinator 3.5 Assign qualified radiation protection technicians (per EPP-11 approved personnel lists) for the following assignments as appropriates
- a. Downwind Survey Team A
- b. Downwind Survey Team 3
- c. Downwind Survey Team C
- d. Inplant Survey Team
- e. Inplant Survey Team
- f. Repair / Damage Control Tsaa
- g. Repair /Demage Control Team
- h. Fire / Rescue / Medical Brigade 3.6 Direct survey teams to prepare for dispatch and advise you when ready per EPP-6 and 7.
3.7 OSC radiation survey and air sample results reported to TSC, and OSC Coordinator. 3.8 Step-off pad and monitor set up by employee entrance and sign placed on Mainistration BnWhg lobby door; advise OSC Coordinator when i completed. In addition, set up a step-off pad and monitor at' I entrance to Technical Library to provide for the monitor of personnel entering the TSC.
. 3.9 Interface with Repair / Damage Control and NMP Fire Department OSC coordinating individuals for assigning radiation protection l
technicians to their teams. 3.10 Advise TSC Survey / Sample Team Coordinators and OSC Coordinator when survey teams are ready to be dispatched. Relay any instructions, protective actions, etc. per EPP-6 and 7 to the teams. Advise OSC Coordinator when teams have been dispatched and their destination. 3.11 Continue to provide and coordinate radiation protection personnel as directed by TSC Survey / Sample Team Coordinators and/or the OSC Coordinator. Keep the OSC Coordinator appraised of all activities. 3.12 Observe the . general rules of conduct for the OSC (IPP-13 Figure 7). 3.13 When directed by TSC Survey / Sample Team Coordinator or OSC Coordinator, arrange to have additional Radiation Protection personnel called in, set up chift-type schedules, etc., as necessary to provide adequate coverage. _ q EAP-3 -54 May 1983 ~'
EAP-3. Enclosure 19 Damane Control Team Coordinator i 1.0 GDu!RAL INFORMATION ' Position: Damage and Repair Team Coordinator Designee
- A haintenance Department Supervisor Alternates A Maintenance Department Chief Mechanic or Electrician
~ Reports To: Operations Support Center Coordinator (but also cosaunicates and coordinates activities through the Maintenance Coordinator in TSC)
Reporting Location: Operations Support Center 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Damage Control Team Coordinator is responsible to the Operations , Support Center Coordinator fort 2.1 Providing technical and administrative direction to Damage control Teams as directed by the OSC Coordinator and/or the Mais.tenance Coordinator.
~ '
2.2 Providing an assessment of any damaged equipment and necessary personnel or equipment needs to effect emergency repairs. 2.3 Keeping OSC personnel appraised of Damage Control and Repair activities. 3.0 ACIIONS AND LIMITATIONS 3.1 General Activities 3.1.1 Report yar position and readiness to the OSC Coordinator. . 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other OSC Staff members and to the Maintenance Coordinator. 3.1.3 Insure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. l 3.1. 4 Determine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same. l EAP,-3 -55 May 1983
_ _ _ - _ - - . . -. . _ _ - -- .- -- - . = . I., _. . EAP-3. Enclosure 19 (Cont.) 3
- i Damare Control Team Coordinator .
i 3.1.5 Maintain a running los of your activities and ensure documentation of , the following in the Damage Control Team Coordinator's Log Communications Key decisions Data collected Checklists i Use EPP-13, Figure 8 *Energency Response / Recovery Action Log". An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery activities. 3.1.6 A. When assuming the Damage Control Team Coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the Damage Control Team Coordinator's Iag and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart. B. When relinquishing the Damage Control Team Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the Damage
- Control Team Coordinator's Log.
3.1.7 ) Ensure proper use of en===mications equipment per EPP-17. 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15. 3.2 Advise OSC Coordinator of assumption of duties and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart. , 3.3 If necessary (discuss with OSC Coordinator) assist in activating the OSC per EPP-13, Figure 7. OSC General Rules of Conduct. 3.4 If not already accomplished, plug in Damage Centrol dedicated line and contact Maintenance Coordinator in TSC. Receive briefing and any instructions. 3.5 Assign quau fied Maintenance and I&C personnal (per EPP-11 approved pasonnel lists) to standby as teams for any nacassary repair / damage control activities. Ensure team compositions comply with EPP-22. Team 1 , , . Team 2 , , , Team 3 , , ,
- EAP-3 -56 May 1983 *5, !
. . , , - _ _ , _ _ .._.._,_.. ,..,,,_. m. , ,__m.. ._.
EAP-3, Enclosure 19 (Cont.) Dansae Control Team Coordinator 3.6 Determine from Chemistry and Radiation Protection Team Coordinator, Radiation Protection personnel to be assigned to damage control teams
- 1) 2) 3)
- 3. 7 Advise Maintenance Coordinator and OSC Coordinator of team
, assignments. -
3.8 In consultation with Maintenance Coordinator, determine any further preparations necessary for damage control teams (i.e., protective clothing, respirators, etc.) per EPP-22, 3.9 In consultation with Maintenance Coordinator, deternine actions to be taken by damage control teas (s), any special precautions to be observed, etc. 3.10 Provide directions to damage control taaa(s) and advise Maintenance Coordinator and OSC Coordinator when dispatched. 3.11 Continue to provide and coordinate Damage Control Teams as directed . by the Maintenance Coordinator and/or OSC Coordinator, keeping the OSC Coordinator and Maintenance Coordinator appraised of all activities. 3.12 Observe the general rules of conduct for the OSC (EPP-13, Figure 7). 3.13 When directed by Maintenance coordinator, or OSC Coordinator, arrange to have additional maintenance personnel called in, set up shift-type
- schedules, etc., as necessary to provide adequate coverage.
EAP-3 -57 May 1983
]~:
l
EAP-3, Enclosure 20 Nine Mile Point Fire Denartment Coordinator 1.0 GENERAL INFORMATION Position: Nine Mile Point Fire Department Coordinator Designee: A Fire Department Supervisot Reports To: Operations Support Canter Coordinator Reporting Location: Operations Support Center (or scene of Fire / Rescue / Medical Injury as necessary) 2.0 RESPONSIBILITIES The Fire Department Coordinator will be responsible to the Operations Support Center Coordinator for: 2.1 Providing teehaie=1 and ad=4n4 =trative direction to Fire Department personnel as directed by the OSC Coordinator or Emergency Director. 2.2 Keeping OSC and TSC personnel appraised of Fire / Rescue / Medical activities. 3.0 ACTIONS AND LIkITATIONS 3.1 General Activities 3.1.1 Report your position and readiness to the OSC Coordiliator. 3.1.2 Announce your name and assumed position title to other OSC Staff members. 3.1.3 Ensure that all personnel actively assigned to you are accounted for at all times. 3.1.4 Detaraine need for additional equipment, supplies, and manpower, and make request for same. 3.1.3 Maintain a running log of your activities and ensure documentation of the following in the NNP F1 e Department Coordinator's Logs Communications Kay decisions Data collected Checklists Use EPP-13, Figure & " Emergency Response / Recovery Action Log". An accurate recording of actions must be maintained as they may be vitally important to later review of emergency response / recovery activities.
. ~-~,e EAP-j -58 May 1983 4{
EAP-3. Enclosure 20 (Cont.)' Nine Mile Point Fire Deoartment Coor'inator 3.1.6 A. When assuming the NMP Fire Department Coordinator's position, request a briefing on the emergency and emergency actions status from the previous position holder. Note completion of this step in the NNP Fire Department Coordinator's Los and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart. B. When relinquishing the NMP Fire Department Coordinator's position, brief your successor on the emergency and emergency actions status. Note completion of this step in the NMP Fire Department Coordinator's Log. l 3.1.7 Ensure proper use of coemunications equipment per EPP-17. 3.1.8 Ensure exposure control is in accordance with EPP-15. 3.2 As appropriate to the situation at hand and in response to station alarms / announcements, respond and direct the activities of the Fire / Rescue / Medical Brigade in accordance with applicable Emergency Plan Implementation Procedures as follows: Fire - Per EPP-2 Search and Rescue - Per EPP-3 Personnel Injury - Per EPP-4 3.3 If assemblying in the OSC, advise OSC Coordinator of assumption of
' duties and ensure your name is placed in the appropriate box on the organization chart.
3.4 Assist in activating the OSC per EPP-13, Figure 7, OSC General Rules of Conduct. 3.3 In consultation with OSC Coordinator or other coordinators in TSC, ' determine any actions required of Fire Department personnel and direct such actions. 3.6 Observe the general rules of conduct for the OSC (EPP-13, Figure 7). ( I i e EAP-3 -59 May 1983
' [a
l
, \
l I NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES , PROCEDURE NO. EPP-20 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATIONS FOR INFORfdATION ONLY DATE AND INITIALS APPROVALS SIGNATURES REVISIJN 4 REVISION 5 REVISION 6 Chemistry & Radiation Management Superintendent f) I l- y/Jf/g-g E. W. Leach d t,) ,g2 .( [ 64 i Supervisor Nuclear Security M I / 9/f 4.- ###[8J R. F. Orr /ghhk - 8) ./ v Station Superintend NMPNS T. W. Roman - General Superintende ,nt
/./ Ne
, , hp i y s-f.d/6 Nuclear Generation Chairman of S.O.R.C. GgA db T. J. Perkins T4 /M>tb f[~4
"; // Nk l ~/ f Summary of Pages Revision 5 Pages Date i,1-3, 5, 8-10 May 1982 13 March 1983 (Reissue) 4,6,7,11,12,14-23 , May 1983 NIACARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION i
THIS PROCEDURE NOT TO BE
*Proprietory infor::ation. For controlled copies only. USED AFTER May 1985.
SUBJECT TO PERIODIC REVfEW-
~y
l
)
l l l l EPP-20' , 2 EMERGENCY NOTIFICATIONS Section Content s Page 1.0 Purpose 1 2.0 Reference s 1 3.0 Responsibilities 1 4.0 Procedure 2 4.1 Control Room Communications Aide 2 4.2 Communications Coordinator (or designee) 3 4 4.3 Security 4 4.4 Notification / Communication Protocol 5 _ FIGURES 1 Control Room Communications Aide Er.ergency Notification Checklist 8 2 Communications Coordinator Emergency Notification , Checklist 9
. 3 Security Off Hours Emergency Contact List 11 ,!
4 Fact Sheet 13 5 Notification Confirmation Sheet 16 6 Emergency Contact List 17 l L EPP-20. -1 May 1982 - W
~<$
-- -- _ - - - ..m_. ____ ._ _ _ , . ._. . ..m._ _, ,,-_ + . , _ ,., . , , . _ _ - ,., ._
e . N .- 5 'w'
s
.. _ ._v,-
.. -m
.'x 7% ,gs %
i , ,, s
' +
.L E?P-20 , .
1 . , EMERGFNCY NOTIFICATIONS _ . N 5 O \
~
.b , I * ,_ v -
~
1.0 PURPOSE " \ -
'- ' ' " ~
.s . g -- '
~
The purpose of this procedure 'isy \so.. provide the instructions 4 necessary to assure tLat prompt avaification of an emergency condition at the NMPN3 is nada 'yo; offait authorities, emergency response agencies, selected NMPNS'persovatb a!sd NMPC Headquarters. si 2.0 RIFERDiCES '
\ *.N' \
c
- 2.1 NUREG 0654, "Criter_id for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Energency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants." '
.s s 2.2 EAP-1 "ActivEtion and Direction of Emergency P}an." 4 2.3 EAP-2 "Classificetion of Emergency fonditions." "' '
, i i?'?
y '
/ e, 3.0
REPONSIBILITIES. ,
. ~,
4 v ~ % ',, u y i , , In orddhco ensure yhe cospiste and, apprepriate ' handling of emergency {, nottlications, the fo W wing posir19e liitinfNpervides associated assignment resptusibilities: \.[ ' t; 3
'(
3.1 N. -
, \ gg' C,
Station Shifs Supervasor \
"', ,t ,
s ' -
- a. Assumes the role of Emergency Director' until ytoperly ,
s reli.eved. ._.
- b. Initis.tes ne classification of emergency condi3ons based on
, availab1[information(perEAP-2). 4
- c. Desigutes Control Roca Co-m f escions Aide to initiate and maintain communications with, offsite authorities untils TSC or EO,T staffed. ,
q- 'T t m . % : 3.2 control Room Communications Aidc (as,assja;m d by SSS) i 1 l a. As directed by SSS, iniudted .and i aintains commu'nications with offsite authorities until re8 Possibility 13 transferred to TSC ' or' EOF. .' s-../
< t ,.
l,
- b. Continues to ' maintain co'umunications with TSC folhving--its '
t
&ctivation. ,.- \, ~
W%%, ( 4, A , .\ 4 F *t
. .- r
. e EPP-20 -1 May 15382 ; I s
T-%m. l .
"**e- N N =e, h.
4 '**% s
, - - -- e-- - - , ,w .<.wr---,wr y vr ,i.-~s-,-.-%-.wy- , ..---,-g w e.-- - - - - -m---v,--g - e-
'1 i I
. 3.3 Emergency Director i
1
- a. Relieves Station Shift Supervisor of over'all responsibility for i station emergencies (per EAP-1). SSS maintains responsibility I for actual operation of the station, coordinating his actions with the Emergency Director.
- b. Initiates or verifies elassification of emergency conditions (per EAP-1),
- c. Initiates or continues communications with offsite authorities, 4 i through Communications Chief or designee, until EOF assumes this
, responsibility.
3.4 Cr==mf cations Coordir.ator ' s ~
- a. As directed by the Emergency Director, initiates or maintains constunications with offsite activities.
i , b. Acts as prime interface with Emergency Director for information a dissemination to and from offsite authorities, NMPC Emergency Organisation, and other outside groups. s d.0 . PROCEDURE
.d.1 Control Roc 1 Consunications Aide (See Figure 1, Control Room Communications Aide Checklist) i (4.1.1 Obtain a copy of Part I of the Notification Fact Sheet (Figure 4),
Notification Confirmation Sheet (Fig. 5) . and Emergency Contact Lis t
+
(Figure 6) frsn the Emergency Procedures Checklist din. y W
~
. 4.1.2 Have the SSS 11.51. out and initial Part I of the Notification Fact
' \. Sheet (or fillsit out and have the eheet reviewed and initialed)
W ru u e. p >s - wi w NOTE: Determine assistance needed from JAFNPP, if any. l < 4 l4 4- 4.1.3 Turn on communications equipment and' set up communications area. N-C 4.1.4 s l . ' Fake initial notifications to s the individuals and organizations yy,' , listed on the Energencyi. Con':act List (Figure 6) following the
~
S procedure specified in SectiJn 4.4.1.
>- 7 g b 4.1.5 As verif* cation callt ar.,1 received and/or additional information is
~.-
> requee,ted or made ayailatie,ifollow the procedure specified in Section 4.4.2.
i s t [ ^ 4.1.6 Notify the SSS of cosplepion of initial notifications, any problems I, ,, 1 encountered,'and any additional information requested. ig 3 M. j s . I
. . ss
, s .
N [EPP-20 -2 May 1982 ~~rM [ ,
; g V.
=
l l i
. . , , , - _ , . . . _ _ _ _ . , . _ . _ , _ . _ _ _ _ _ . . , . . _ _ , . . . , _ _ . - ,. .m. . . - . . . . _ _ _ _ . _ , , . _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ ,
1 1 + 4.1.7 If the emergency is reclassified (higher or lower), complete Part I l of the Notification Fact Sheet for the new classification and make notificctions in the same ==nnar specified in Section 4.4.1 for the initial notification of an emergency. - 4.1.8 When the Communications Coordinator (or designee) calls from the TSC, provide status of emergency notifications completed, additional information that has been requested and by whom, and any further information application or asked for. 4.1.9 Advise the SSS when the Co===f cations Coordinator assumes offsite en==mi cations responsibility, ,and continue to maintain communications between the control room and TSC as directed by the SSS. In this latte.r role, frequently request emergency status information from the TSC and provide this data to the SSS. When requested by the TSC, obtain plant status, radiological, and/or meteorological information and provide this data to TSC personnel. 4.2 Communications Coordinator (See Figure 2. Communications Coordinator's Checklist) 4.2.1 Obtain a copy of Part I, II, and III of the Notification Fact Sheet (Figure 4), Notification. Confirmation Sheet (Fig. 5), and Emergency Contact List (Figure 6). 4.2.2 Contact Control Room (SSS or Co==mications Aide): 4 ( a. Determine energescy notifications completed, if any.
- b. Determine information necessary for the completion of the Notification Fact Sheets (wind speed, wind direction, status of safeguards, etc.)
- c. Advise Control Room you are assuming emergency notification responsibility.
4.2.3 During off-hours contact Security and determina emergency notification completed. 4.2.4 Fill out, or have Emergency Director fill out, Part I of the notification fact sheet for initial notification and Part I, II, and/or III for follow-up notifications as information becomes available. Have these sheets reviewed and initialed by the Emergency Director. 4.2.5 Determine from the Energency Director protective actions to be taken by Unit 2 and the Energy Information Center personnel or visitors; and what assistance, if any, is needed from JAFNPP. 4.2.6 Establish communications area in TSC and obtain sufficient staff from OSC using approved personnel lists of EPP-11. j . EPP-20 -3 May 1982 l --m
; - . ; .i.
g- , . ,,7-,, y,- -----w ,y,, , - , , , _ ,_ . , . - ,,,m-,.,---__,,,._-,,,,%-._,,,,,.,,_,_,.._,,,y,,y_.,,c. ,ya,.,.,.w,, ,,m,w.-,,,,%m,.m., . , . , , . ,% ,, ...
4.2.7 Initiate notifications tc the individuals and organizations listed on the Emergency Contact List (Figure 6) fonowing the procedure specified in Section 4.4.1. 4.2.8 During normal hours, if the emergency is classified or escalated to an Alert Energency or higher, contact the OSC and Training Center, as appropriate, and request that site personnel listed in Fig. 7 be sent S to staff the EOF. 4.2.9 If off-hours and security has not completed all their calls, complete their cans per Section 4.3 utilizing Figure 3, Security Off-hours Emergency Contact List. i 4.2.10 As verification cans are received and/cr additional information is requested, record verification on Figure 5 and follow the procedure specified in Section 4.4.2 4.2.n Keep the Emergency Director appraised of the status of notifications, any problems encountered, and additional information requested. Piovide status of notification by message forms to the Technical Data Coordinator for posting on the Emergency Events Status Board. 4.2.12 If the emergency is reclassified (higher or lower), complete Part I of the Notification Fact Sheet for the new classification, Part II and/or Part III if information is available, and make notifications in the same manner specified in Section 4.4.1 for the initial notifid.ation of an emergency. If off hours, also make notification required by security per Section 4.3 and Figure 3. 4.3 Security 4.3.1 Contact Control Room and acknowledge receipt of alarm. 4.3.2 During off-hours perform necessary notifications required per EPP-20, Figure 3 " Security Off-hours Emergency Contact List." Ensure the following information is obtained before ==k hg calls: Unusual Event: a) Class of Emergency b) Type of Incident c) Status of Safeguards d) Protective Actions for Unit 2 and EIC t Alert, Site Area, or General Emergency: i a) Class of Emergency _ l b) Type of Incident l c) Status of Safeguards d) Radioactive Release has has not occurred. e) Weather Conditions Speed Direction f) Assembly Point g) Protective actions for Unit 2 and iIC 4.3.3 During off-hours, notify SSS that calls have been nade. Identify problems encountered and the titles of those individuals requiring , l pcging.
.y.
_ -? l ' EPP-20 -4 .May 1983
4- & 1 1 4.3.4 If the station evacuation alarm is sounded or precautionary staffing of TSC is announced, send a representative to the TSC to coordinate security response with the Emergency Director. If the evacuation alarm is sounded, perform actions required per EPP-5 " Station Evacuation" 4.3.5 When the Communications Coordinator (or designee) calls from the TSC, provide status of emergency notifications completed and any additional information applicable. 4.4 Notification / Communications Protocol 4.4.1 Initial Notification The Control Room Communications Aide or the TSC Communications Coordinator (or designee) will make notifications to the individuals and organizations listed on the Emergency Contact List (see Figure 6) as follows:
- a. Contact each organization or individual using the primary telephone number of method listed. If the party cannot be .
contacted by the primary number or method listed, try the alternate telephone number or method listed. 4 NOTE: All initial and follow up notifications shall be made ! ( t by telephone, with a radio used only as a backup if ; the telephone systems are inoperative. This will : reduce the chances that messages are intercepted by persons who may misunderstand or misinterpret the i information and will thus help to minimize the spread of rumors and undue public anxiety. !
- - i
- b. If a party cannot be contacted in a reasonable period of time l (such as 6 rings), bypass that party and proceed to the next one on the list. After several other notifications have been completed or after all notifications have been completed, attempt to contact any bypassed parties. If a party still cannot be contacted, consider other methods such as radio, paging, ~ dispatching a courier, or relay through another party.
NOTE: Even effort shall be made to contact the following organizations:
-Oswego County Offfce of Emergency Preparedness
-NYS Department of Health
-NRC
-7th North Power Control Disp,. N er
. EPP-20
- ~
-5 May 1982 -7;~
1 *
- c. When the party answers, read the introductory paragraph on Part I of the Notification Fact Sheet and then pause to permit the individual to obtain his copy of the form or a blank paper on which to record the notification information.
NOTE: Initial Notifications - Use Part I of Notification Fact Sheet. Subsequent Notifications (and reclassifications)- Use Part I and Part II and/or III of the Notification Fact Sheet as information becomes available. Don't hold up transmittal of Part II and/or III if an information is unavailable. Send Part II and/or III with whatever new data has become available and is authorized by 5 Emergency Director.
- d. Read the notification, identifying each
- u lank by number and letter and then specifying the information to be entered in that blank.
- e. Af ter the notification has been completed, ask the individual if an the information has been recorded, and if necessary, correct any errors.
- f. Direct the individual to notify the appropriate individual (s) in his organization in accordance with that organization's emergency plan. Remind the individual that a verfication can ist required if call is being made on other than a dedicated phone line.
- g. Record the name of the individual contacted and the time of contact on the Emergency Contact List.
I
- h. Proceed to the next party on the Emergency Contact list.
- 1. Proceed in this =manar until all individuals and organizations listed on the Emergency Contact List have been notified for the appropriate emergency classification.
4.4.2 Verification and Fonow-up Information
- a. When a verification can is received from a designated individual, record the time and the name of the individual on I
the Notification Confirmation Sheet (Fig. 5). Provide the
- information available on Part II and III of the Notification i Fact Sheet to the individual. (This sheet may not be completed l
at this time). l NOTE: All notifications made to individuals and organizations offsite require verification. The fonow-up communication in respnse to an initial notification is the primary meana of verification. This will be performed by individuals calling the Control Roon or TSC on private or dedicated lines to verify the emergency. I - i EPP-20 -6 May 1983 M
- b. If an individual requests information not listed on the' notification forms, make reasonable efforts to obtain and relay the information after all notifications have been completed.
NOTE: NRC and New York State may request additional S information not contained in Initial and Follow-up Notification Fact Sheets. If this occurs, request the Energency Director to assign a teahafe=117 qualified individual to answer NRC questions and not interfere with other notification requirements.
. c. As information on Part II and III of the Notification Fact Sheet becomes available or changes significantly, the Emergency Director asy, at his discretion, relay this new information to some or all of the individuals and organizations listed on the Emergency Contact List along with Part I of the Notification Fact Sheet.
NOTE: Part II and III of the Notification Fact Sheet may be telecopied to County, State, and NRC to avoid misinterpretation of data. Part I will always be provided via voice communications. l l l t i l ( - t l l 3
< EPP-20 -7 May 1983 l
l l
i- -. l r EPP-20 FIGURE 1 - CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATIONS AIDE EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST DATE: NAME:
- Initial / Time ,
/ 1. Obtain Forms from Emergency Procedures Checklist Bin.
- a. Part I of the Notification Fact Sheet (EPP-20-Figure 4) :
- b. Notification Confirmation Sheet (EPP-20-Figure 5) l
- c. Emergency Contact List (EPP-20-Figure 6)
/ 2. Part I of the Notification Fact Sheets filled out and initialed by SSS. I NOTE: Determine any assistance needed from JAFNPP.
,4 i
/ 3. Communications Equipment on, area set up. :
I 4.
/ Make initial notifications listed on Emergency Contact List ;
(EPP-20-Figure 6). ; NOTE: Refer to Procedure EPP-20, Section 4.4.1 Every effort shall be made to contact the following , organizations: I
-Oswego County Office of Emergency Preparedness l
-NYS Department of Health -
-NRC
- I
-7th North Power Control Dispatcher !
/ 5. During off-hours contact security and have them notify appropriate emergency contacts of the following: I Unusual Eveat:
a) Class of Emergency l b) Type of l Incident c) Status of Safeguards !' d) Protective Actions for Unit 2 and EIC Alert, Site Area, or General Emergency: a) Class of l Emergency b) Type of Incident c) Status of Safeguards l .
~
7 ~5l i EPP-20 -8 May 1982 _ _ - . , _ _ . . - . . . . . . , . . , _. _ .. _- . _ - . . . _ _ . _ - . _ . ~ . _ . . . . _ , _ _. . . _ . , _ _ _ _ . . _ _
EPP-20 FIGURE 1 CONTROL ROOM COMMUNICATIONS AIDE EMERGENCY NOTIFICATION CHECKLIST (cont.) l DATE: NAME: i d) Radioactive Balsase has has not occurred. e) Weather Conditions Speed Direction 4 f) Assembly
- Point g) Protective actions for Unit 2 and EIC
/ 6. Record verification calls on Notification Confirmation Sheet (EPP-20-Figure 5).
/ 7. Notify SSS of completion of notification / problems / questions.
/ 8. Transfer notification responsibility to Communicat' ion Coordinator (or designee) in TSC and advise SSS of transfer.
NOTE: Continue as Communications Aide to SSS. Keep SSS informed of emergency status by frequently requesting updates from TSC and providing the
- k. 2 same on plant status to TSC.
W _ q EPP-20 -9 May 1982 -y
_ . . _ _ ~- 1 - EPP-20 . FICURE 2 COMMUNICATIONS COORDINATOR EMERGENCY NOTIFICATIONS CHECKLIST DATE: NAME: Inicial/ Time
/ 1. Obtain forms from Emergency Ascignment Binder:
- a. Part I, II, and/or III of the Notification Fact Sheet (EPP-20-Figure 4) as necessary
- b. Notification Confirmation sheet (EPP-20-Figure 5)
- c. Eastgency Centact List (EPP-20-Figure 6)
- d. (Off-hours only) Security Off-hours Emergency Contact List (EPP-20-Figure 3)
/ 2. Contact Control Room (SSS or Cotmaunications Aide):
- a. Determine emergency notifications completed.
- b. Determine information for notification sheets.
, c. Advise Control Room you are assuming emergency notification duties.
/ 3. . During off-hours contact security and deterr.ine emergency notifications completed. 4
/ 4. Fill out appropriate fact sheets for the level of notification and have them reviewed and initialed by Emergency Director.
~
- I 5. Determine from the Emergency Director
- a. Actions to be directed for Unit 2 and the EIC
- b. Assistance necessary from JAFNPP
/ 6. Establish communications area in TSC and obtain sufficient staff from OSC per approved personnel lists of EPP-11.
/ 7. Make initial notifications listed on Emergency Contact List (EPP-20-Figure 6).
NOTE: Refer to Procedure EPP-20, Section 4.4.1 Every effort shall be made to contact the following organizations:
-Oswego County Office of Emergency Preparedness
-NYS Department of Health
-NRC
-7th North Power Control Dispatcher
.m
_ / EPP-20 -10 May 1982 J. I,
- -. -- . ~ _ , , , _ _ . . _ . _ . _ . . _ . _ _ _ ,,.-_-_,___-__ _______ _ . - - -
l EPP-20 . FIGURE 2 COMMUNICATIONS CHIEF EMERGENCY NOTIFICATIONS CHECKLIST (Continued) , DATE: NAME: Initial / Time S
/ 8. During normal hours, if the emergency is classified or escalated to an Alert Emergency or higher, contact the OSC and Training Center, as appropriate, and request that site personnel listed in EPP-20, Fig. 7 be sent to staff the E.O.F.
/ 9. (Off-hours Only) Complete Security's Emergency Notification, per procedure Section 4.3 and EPP-20 Figure 3. l
/ 10. Record verification calls on Notification Confimation Sheet (EPP-20-Figure 5).
( N-
/ 11. - Keep Emergency Director and Technical Data Coordinator appraised of notification status, problems, and/or
_ _ _ questions via status boards and/or message forms. l
-W
- .g
?.PP-20 -11 May 1983 *
, - , . - -- , - - , . . - - , - - , , . - . . , . . - - . - . . - , . , , . - - . . . . - . . - . - , - ---_s .,
l L . _ f FIGURE 3 , SECURITY OFF HOURS EMERGENCY CONTACT LIST Personnel / Agencies Emergency Class To Be Contacted Numbers Message Unusual Event On-Call Supervisors See On #411 Schedules #1 S General Supt. e -* a #1 Station Supt.
- L #1 Emergency Coord. ' __
- P #1 SSS Ext: + #7 or Radio On-Call Supervisors See On-Call Schedules #2 Alert, Site Area Unit #2 Construction Dedicated Security Line, #4 Emergency, & Site Security *
*or Radio General Emergency Energy Info. Centar 2
*7rs * #3 or Ext.,
- D
~
Sheriff e er Radio #5 Coast Guard * * #6 Gen. Supt. *
- d2 Station Supt. Unit 1 * *
#2 Operations Supvr. Unit 1 * *
#2 Tech. Supt. *
#2
- Chen & Rad Mgt Supt *
#2 Technical Services Supt *
#2 Camp Oper & Maint Supvr * #2 Site I&C Supvr * #2
, Site P.x Analyst Supy * #2 Maintenance Supt * #2 QA Operations Supervisor * ~
#2 Station Supt. Unit 2 * #2 S Operations Supv. Unit 2 * #2 Chem & Rad Prot Supy * #2 l Environmental Prot.Coord * #2 1
Emergency Coord * #2 Fire Protection Coord. * #2 , Area Safety Director * #2 ' Site Office Supervisor * #2 SSS Ext.
- _. 9 #7 or Radio
*Proprietory information. For controlled copies only.
7
~
' EPP-20 -12 May 1983 *$
a
/
FIGURE 3 (Cont.) SECURITY OFF HOURS EMERGENCY CONTACT LIST MESSAGE #1) Inform persons contacted that the station is in a (state class of emergency) emergency condition. State type of incident . Status of safeguards . They are requested to contact the control room immediately tor further information and instructions. MESSAGE #2) Inform person contacted that the station is in a (state class' of emergency) emergency condition. They are to assemble immediately at the (TSC/nearsite EOF / alternate EOF) . with required departmental personnel. State type of incident (if known) . Status of safeguards working not working . Radioactive release has has not occurred. Weather condition speed direction . MESSAGE #3) The NMPNS is in a (state class of emergency) emergency condition. Direct all visitors at the EIC to (leave the area) (assembly inside EIC). Direct all NMPC personnel to (leave the area) (report to emergency posts) (assembly inside the EIC). Turn off ventilation and standby for further instructions. MESSAGE #4) The NMPNS'is in a (s. tate class of emergency) emergency ccadition. All persons assemble for head count and remain under cover according to Unit #2 Emergency Procedure (CSI 2 4.3) . Standby for further instructions. __ _ _ MESSAGE #5) The NMPNS is in a . (state class of emergency) emergency condition. Please assign deputies to block off the site at the east and west boundaries on Lake Road to keep all unauthorized pesonnel out. MESSAGE #6) The NMPNS is in a (state class of emergency) emergency condition. Please ensure that all boats are cleared from the lake front within a one mile radius of the site (if it is possible for boats to be on the lake). MESSAGE #7) NMP-SSS (Off Hours) Ext.
- 8
! Notify SSS that contacts have been made. Inform SSS of any problems encountered and the names of individuals requiring notification via site radio paging system per EPP-17.
*Proprietory information. For controlled copies only.
EPP-20 -13 May 1983 (Reissue) E
.i . _ . . _ _ . _ . _ _ . . . _ .. . _
i FIGURE 4 M Y NIAGARA tism milizmn
,_m==
R U MOHAWK 0l um mis =ua PART I NOTlFICAT10N FACT SHEET _ 1 { x.1plS'IS.TD.HEPOBLARINDDENT.411THE "TITINCLUDETRE FULLOWING~ STAT 10NS.h" /C' ' NutE t . V' MILEPO!!ti.ituCLEAILSITE.
'" W A "'. A e 'e, h rSTAND b + a 8%F08 RDLL.EALL ,CO l New York State Oswego County James A. Fitzpatrick Warning Point Warning Point Nuclear Power Plant
.UPON COMPLETI0lr0FRfH f'uttI51VEINFUHMKil0EAS'GBTLINEREELDW:
- 1. Date & Time of Message Transmittal:
cate Time (24 Hour Clock)
- 2. Nuclear Facility Providing the Initial Report:
D Nine Mile Pt. Unit #1
- 3. Reported By:@ B Name Title
- 4. This is A is B is not an excercise. Phone
- 5. Emergency Classification: A Unusual Event B Alert
@ Site Area Emergency D General Er.ergency
- 6. This Classification Declared at: /
Date Time (24 Hour Clock)
- 7. Brief Event Description / Initiating Condi J.:n:
- 8. There:
@ Has not been a release of radioactivity.
@ Has been a release of radioactivity to the atmosphere.
@ Has been a release of radioactivity to a body of water .
O Has been a ground spill release of radioactivity.
- 9. The Release: A is Continuing 8 Has Terminated C !s Intermittant @ N/A
- 10. Protective Actions:
l A There is no need for protective actions outside the sight boundary.
@ Protective actions are under consideration.
@ Recommended Protective Actions:
Shelter Within Miles /or Sectors /or ERPA's Evacuate Within Miles /or Sectors /or ERPA's
- 11. Weather
@ Wind Speed Miles Per Hour or Meter Per Second
@ Direction (From) Degrees
@ Stability Class - PASQUIL (A-G)/NMPC (I-IV)
D General Weather Conditions (if available)
. ben:::me nanwiinimenismwiinwas::Igriisuiv4 + von niim nin:icisip,4em mposin o.
]t..xnu,:nt:y:::,ngp EPP-20 -14 .Afay 1983
~.
*-[
,...--., , ___.., ,- ..,:--., . - - , , .--~_,.,,,.,-,,y . . - - - - - , . . . . - .- , v.y ,,. ,,,, ., . , , .-v, .-,--m-,*,-a
t
. ~
~~
FIGURE 4 (Cont'd) N3FMIM d=t;h PART11-DOSE ASSESSMENTFACTSHEET ' syMoolm"Jll% Oate Time e
- 12. Prognosis for Worsening or Termination of tne Emergency-l l
- 13. in-Plant Emergency Aesponse Actions underway:
- 14. Utility Off-Site Emergency Aesponse Action Underway:
- 15. Ae+ ease information N Q Actual oroiected ; WaterDorne Release Actual Proiected Date & Time Resease Started Dats & Time Aeieaw Started Duration of Aetesse Mrs. Mrs Duration of Re# ease Mrs. Mrs.
Nocle Gas Release Aate CD Sec. CUSec. Volume of Aewrase Gsi. Gag. Radio lodine Aetesse CUSec. CUSee Radioactivity Concen. (Gross) uCbML uCUML Elevated or Ground Reiease Total Radioactivity Aeleased Ci Ci Aadionuclides in Reiease uC./ML uCuML uCUML! uCUML
'54513FGBIElfAEEDATEE EHLUENTEDNTOELSEARSAEraF rlturrDSHEEAMPLE&SAMPLEN.
- 16. Oose & Measuraments & Protections
@ Site Boundary Actual Protected hPregesens Off-mae Whole Boundary Dose Rate w m e m --u _
Mr/Hr Mr/Hr Wncre Socy Cose Rate (Mr/Hr) Whole Body Committment Aem Wnole Body Dose (Aem) Thyroid Dose (2 Hr. Exposuret mAem mAem Thyroid Dose Coremittment Thyroid Dose (Tetal Commit.) Rem (1 Hr. Exposure) (mrem)
, Thyroid Cose (Total Committment) (Rem)
- 17. Protectrve Action Aecomr endations and the Basis for that Aecommendation:
l t IF-PLANTPARANIETBIFACTSHF 6 34. Power Availacte 43. Centainmentintegnty
- 18. Rx pressure psig ! ] Off+te 115 KV (North) Pnmary [ ]Y [ }N 19, Ax temp. 'F [ } Avail. [ ] Unavail. Secondary [ lY [ }N 115 KV (Soutn)
- 20. Ax levet inches
[ ] Avail. [ ] Unavail.
- 21. Ax snutdown [ ]Y [ ]N [ ] On-site Diesel 102 44. Stack Effluent 07 com l Ax power tevet MWE MwT [ JCo. [ ] Standey [ ] inoo. og Oiesel103 ep, 22, Drywell pressure psig 33
[ 10 0. [ ] Standey [ ]inop. 12
- 23. Orvweil temoerature 'F Battery Board 11 l n m r i w m m an untw2 [ I A. aii. [ ] Unavail. 45. Hign Aange Stack Effluent
- 24. Pressure Aenef Varves Batterw Board 12 mRe nr.
[ ]Coen [ l Clos c [ } Avail. [ ] Unavail. 46. Containment Hign Aange
- 25. Safety Vaives etev. 263 ft. A/hr.
, 301 ft. R/hr.
[ }Coen [ lC:osed 35.[ ] Normal Feedwater System
- 26. Torus water temp. 47. Main Steam unes
*F
- 87. Torus water levet feet 36.[ ] Ntm Rod Onw h [-
- 23. Condensate storage tanit 38.[ ] Hegn Pressure Coonant Insection 4 Areafadiation Monitors levet- feet e ame/ Location / Aeading 29 . MSIV [ ] Coen [ ] C;csed 39 Emergency Condensers
- 30. Reactor Water C eanuo System
[ ! Coerating [ } Standoy [ Ihco. [ } Cperaung [ ] Standey [ ] inco 40 Louid Poison System 31 Automatic Ceoressur zation System (Stancey Lcuid Conrrest [ ! C erating [ ] Stancey~ [ ;Inco. [ ] C:erating ( ) Stancey [ ] tr co. 49 Cont;nuous Air Monsors
- 32. Containment Scray System 41. Dryweilleserting & Containment s ir9e:L :ation, Aeacing
[ ] Torus Coonng Moce Atmesenere Oilution System * [ ] Conta.nment Scray Mode [ 1,Ceerating [ } Stancey [ l inco __,- r" 1 1 Coerating [ ] Stancey [ ;lneD ,, 42. Emergency Ventilation ~~ ~
- 33. Snutcown Coonng System (Starcey Gas Treatment 1 i I C:erstmg [ j Stancey [ ;tnoo. [ ] Coerating ! J Standey i j ir co EPP-20 -;3 May 1:ro *
- t. . ..- _.
FIGURE 5 NOTIFICATION CONFIRMATION SHEET Confirmation of Initial Notification: (Name) (Agency or Company Represented) (Telephone Number or Method) (Name) (Agency or Company Represented) (Telephone Number or Method) (Name) (Agency or Company Represented) 4 (Telephone Number or Method) (Name) (Agency or Company Represented) (Telephone Number or Method) (Name) (Agency or Company Represented) l (Telephone Number or Method) MM
- ,:ZPP-20 - 16 May 1983 *b i - - . . - - - ..._._._ __ . --~._ - . , _ _ _ _ . . , . _ , . . _ . . _ . _ _ _ , - . . _ _ _ . . - . - . - _ , _ . . _ . . _ , . . _ _ _ _ . . . _ , _ , -
_ FIGURE 6 ( EMERGENCY CONTACT LIST - Contact Req. Time Per Emerg. Class Agency / Person Contacted Contacted Remarks Unusual Alert, Site Ares & Event Gen. Emerg. X X 1) NMPC Corporate Headquarters via: System Power Control Dis-patcher on Dedicated
- Line, s 5 Syr. Ext.
hr Radio Message: Give details as presented on Part I of the Notification Fact Sheet. Instruct contact to initiate the Corporate Emergency Notification Procedure, CPP-1 and the FDLC emergency procedure as appro-priate. Provide any further instructions / information/ requests approved by the Emer-
. gency Director X X 2) Oswego County Office of Emergency Preparedness via:
New York State Radiological Emergency Communication System (RECS) Hot Line to County Warning Point (Oswego 3 County Sheriff)e -' . or Security Radio Message: a) Communications staff member or Control Room Communications Aide will pick up handset and depressing button. Pause and wait for ring to stop. Communications staff member or Control Room Communications Aide will announce "This is to report an incident at the Nine Mile Point Nuclear Site. Standby for Roll Call." j i
*Proprietory information, For controlled copies only.
EPP-20 -17 May 1983 -g
-f
FIGURE 6 (" DiERGDiCY CONTACT LIST Contact Req. Time Per Emers. Class Agency / Person Contacted Contacted Remarks Unusual Alert, Site Area & Event Gen. Emerg. b) Conduct roll call by announc-ing the names of the following stations: New York State Warning Point (Office of Disaster Prepared-ness during duty hours, State Police during non-duty hours) Oswego County Warning Point (Oswego County EOC during duty hours, Sheriff during non-duty hours) James A. Fitzpatrick Nuclear Power Plant c) Upon completion of roll call
. give information outlined on Part I and Part II and/or III of the Notification Fact Sheets as appropriate.
. NOTE: Repeat infor-nation on FOR'.i ONLY FOR N.Y. STATE WARNING POINT.
If others request repeat indicate , that this will be provided by N.Y. State Warning Point at conclusion of message. d) Perform a roll call of sta-tions listed above by saying
"(Name of Station) did you-copy." Sign off by saying "Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station out at (Time) and (date).
e) Record dissemination of information on communications log. f) Record confirmation calls on EPP-20 Figure 5. EPP-20 -18 May 1983 w
s . . _ . . . . . FIGURE 6
~
DfERGENCY CONTACT LIST (cont.) Contact Req. Time Per Emerg. Class Agency / Person contacted Contacted Remarks Unusual Alert, Site Area & Event Gen. Emerg. I I 3) New York State Department of Health via: New York State RECS Hotline to NYS Warning Point,
- ___ tor l
a Massage: Provide details as presented in 1) above if i unable to contact using New York State RECS Hotline. l I I 4) Power Authority of the State of New York J. A. Fitzpatrick Nuclear Power Plant Control Room via RECS Hotline, Dedicated Control Room Line, Ext. f or Radio Message: Give details as pre-sented in 1) above if unable to contact using RECS Hotline. S Request assistance if needed. I I 5) NRC Emergency Operations Center via: ENS Hotline. or HPN Hotline Dial 22 Massage: Give details as pre-sented on Notification Fact Sheets and inform them that this notifi-cation is being made under 10CMLSO.72.
~
I 6) NRC Resident Insoector * (Follow Up + , _ only as necessary) Message: Give details as pre- + sented on Initial and Follow-Up Fact Sheets. Control Room Con:nunications Aide
*Proprietory information.
For controlled copies only. .
- EPP-20 -19 May 1983 3
FIGURE 6 [ s EMERGENCf CONTACT 1.IST (cont.) Contact Req. Time Per Emers. Class Agency / Person Contacted Contacted Remarks Unusual Alert, Site Area & Event Gen. Emerg. Control Room Communications Aide NOTE: Emergency Contacts 7-10 will be notifiad off-hours by security and 11-14 by TSC once staffed. X 7) NMPC Unit 2 Construction Site (Follow Up Only Security Dedicated 5 as necessary) Line,-
- Ixt.
wr
- ___ Radio via site Security.
Message: This is NMPNS #1, we are in a (state class of emerg.). All persons should assemble for head count and remain under cover according
- r. . to Unit #2 Enargency Procedures. Stand by for further instruc-tions.
X 8) NMPC Energy Information Center (Follow Up Only Ext.
- as necessary)
- Message
- This is NMPNS #1, we ,
I are in a ! I (state class of emerg.) Direct all visitors at the EIC to (leave the area) (assemble inside the EIC). Direct all NMPC Personnel to , (leave the area) (report to emergency i posts) (assemble at ! the EIC). Turn off ventilation and standby for further
, instructions.
*Proprietory infornation. For controlled copies only.
EP2-20 -20 May 1983 ----,.,
-{
l N.. - . . . . . - , . . - . . - . -
t - , . , . . .. .. 4 , FIGURE 6 (Cont.) i EMERGENCY CONTACT LIST - COMMLHIC TIONS CHIEF Contact Req. Time. Per Emerg. Class Agency / Person Contacted Contacted Remarks Unusual Alert, Site & Event Cen. Emerg. X 9) Oswego County Sheriff Department (Follow up NYS Nuclear Hotline,s * -or only as necessary) Radio Message: This is the NMPNS, we are in a (state class of emerg.) Please assign deputies to block off the site . at the east and west
, boundaries on Lake Road to keep all unauth-orized personnel out.
Follow up notification only as necessary. X . 10) United States Coast Guard Station ' (Follow up Oswegos *
- only as necessary)
Message: This is the NMPNS, we are in a (state class of emerg.). Please en-sure that all boats are cleared from the lake front within a one mile radius of the site (if it is possible for boats to be on the lake). Follow up notifica-tion only as necessary. I 11) General Electric - BWR Emergency (Folicw up Support Program only as necessary) . Message: 1) This is the NMPNS,
*Proprietory information. we are in a For controlled copies only. (state class of emerg.).
. . g-
- ; ~<.'
EPP-20 -21 May 1983 w - r_ - - ~ - , - --_y+, - , . . + - , , - - - - - e
a ._ . . . FIGURE 6 (Cont.) (' . EMERGENCY CCNTACT LIST - COMMUNICATIONS CHIEF Contact Req. Time Per Energ. Class Agency / Person Contacted Contacted Remarks Unusual Alert, Site & Event Gen. Emerg.
- 2) Reporting indi-vidual's name and number.
- 3) Summary of sit-untion approved by Energ. Director and request for assistance, if required.
X- 12) DOE Federal Radiological (Follow up Monitoring and Assessment only as neessary) Plan (FRMAP)
. Ik Message: Give details as presented on Initial and Follow-Up Fact
(~ Sheets. Request assistance if needed. I 13) INPO Emeraency Response (Follow up *
- only as necessary) (6aergency Telecopier Number is e }
Message: Same as ill I 14) American Nuclear Insurers (Follow up _ only as necessary) Message: Same as #11 For a Site Area or General Emergency instruct contact .g that further informa-tion to be supplied by the EOF once it is
*Proprietory information.
For controlled copies only. EPP-20 -22 May 1983
i . . . . - EPP-20 l'
\ FIGURE 7 NOTIFICATIONS FOR EOF ACTIVATION BY SITE PERSONNEL l
1 EOF TYPICAL NOTIFICATION POSITION NAME LOCATION METHOD I Scheduling /
- OSC Gaitronics, Phone Planning Mananer *
. ___ _ _ OS C
- Face to Face EOF Technical y
- Training Center Phone
- Assistance and 3
- Training Center Phone
- Technical Briefers
- Training Center Phone *
(Request Technical *
- Assistance from EOF 5 and JNC)
General Electric Gaitronics, Phone Comoany Rep. .
- OSC
- Face to Face Radiological
- TS C Face to Face Assessment 4 TSC Clerks for EOF
- OSC Gaitronics, Phone Staff (Request -
OS C
- or clerical support Face to Face for FC" and JNC S
Computer Oper. OSC Gaitronics, Phone , and Maintenance OSC , or (Request technical Face to Face support for EOF) I NOTE: Attempt to contact the first person listed for each position. If that person cannot be reached, try the setend. Nc,tify individual 5 contacted to staff position / personnel being requested. If any position contacts are unable to be reached, notify Emergency Director.
*Proprietory information. For controlled copies only.
EPP-20
-23 May 1983 3 :
e
, _ - , .- . . . , , .,___._,.-_,.,_...,-m .,m...m_m,., - . - - . . . - , , . _ , . . _ _ , , ,, ,.., - ,_..., -,_... ,... . ,,, ... .-,.,_ ...-..--.-- . . . . . _ _ .
I l
FOR INFORMATION ONLY NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES I PROCEDURE NO. EPP-13 ON-SITE EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES OPERATIONS DATE AND INITIALS APPROVALS SIGNATURES REVISION 10 REVISION 11 REVISION 12 Chemistry & Radiation Management Superintendent ev/ g/WE 6d/73 44 E. W. Leach 87t) - 4<d 7 Supervisor R rr M / Station Superintende NMPNS x T. W. Roman ' <4 <D:rf/JL r / .~3/SM ////G General Superintendent T Nuclear Generation 3/((f 3 f 2 f . Chairman T. J. Perkinsof S.O.R.C. <b 24 1(/ _ dlf J l Summary of Pages l Revision 11 Pace Date i,3-3,8-10,12-18,23 May 1983 1,2,6-7,11,19-22,24-28 January 1983 NIACARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION THIS PROCEDURE NOT TO BE USED AFTEg May 1983. SUBJECT TO PERIODIC REVIEW.
-e ,
g -- -- -
,e --- -
= -,w < y --v - -- a.+- ap--s ay
I s . . p. - l-4 l anu ON-SITE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PACILITIES OP m vIONS l .. I SECTION
; CONTENTS PAG E
! 1.0 PIEPOSE 1 l.
[ 2.0 . REFERENCES 1 t 3.0 ENERGENCY RESPONSE yAcTT.TTIES \ 1 j , 3.1 Control Room (CR) 1 j 3.2 Technical Support Center (TSC) 2 i 3.3 Operations Support Center (OSC) 3 4.0 ACTIVATION OF ON-SITE ItGRGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES 4 4.1 Activation of TSC 4 4.2 Activation of OSC 5 5.0 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS AT ON-SITE EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES 5 5.1 Control Room Staff 5 6; . 5.2 TSC Staff 6 , i i' ,5. 3 OSC Staff 7 # k . Figures f (.- .
- c. 1 Emergency Response Organimation - Staffing Level I 8 2 Emergency Response Organization - Staffing Inval II 9
. 3 Emergency Response Organization - Staffing Level III 10 4 NMP Emergency Response Organization Staffing and
. Assigned Duties 11 5 Typical Tea w a=1 E *pport Center Arrangement 13
?
6 Technical Support Center General Rules of Conduct 14 l h.0 7 Operations Support Center General Rules of Conduct 16 W' 8 Emergency Response / Recovery Action Log 18 9 Operations Support Center Arrangement 19 11 10 Accountability Log 20 Attachments 1 Technical Support Center Emergency Ventilation Operation Procedure r e EPP-13 -1 May 1983 - 3 M
...r __ _ . . _ . _ . . _ . . . . . _ . . _ .. . . . . . _ .. . - _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _
EPP-13 ON-SITE EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES OPERATIONS 1.0 PURPOSE . 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to describe the activation and control functions of the available on-site emergency facilities and outline the personnel staffing these facilities. This procedure does not address the near and off-site energency facilities, e.g. , Joint News Center, Emergency Operations Pacility (EOF) and Alternate EOF, - which are discussed in the NMPC Corporate Tsergency Response / Recovery , Plan and Implementing Procedures (CPP's).
2.0 REFERENCES
2.1 NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1, Rev. 1 - Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants. 2.2 EAP-1, Activation and Direction of Emergency Plan 2.3 EAP-3, Emergency Personnel Action Procedure 10 2.4 EPP-5, Station Evacuation - 2.5 EPP-8, On-site and Off-site Dose Assessment Procedure 2.6 EPP-11, Review and Revisions of Site Emergency Plan and Procedures 2.7 EPP-20 Emergency Notifications 2.8 NMPC Corporate Emergency Response / Recovery Plan and Implementing 1,0 Procedures (CPP's). 3.0 EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES 3.1 Control Room (CR) 3.1.1 Location - The Control Room is loc.ted on the 277' elavation of the Turbine Building, in close proximity to the Technical Support Center. 3.1.2 Function - During the initial stage of any emergency condition, the Control Room is the primary location for the assessment and coordination of corrective and protective actions. It is equipped with annunciators and controls for major plaat systems, as well as emergency communiertion systems. This area is also designed to protect personnal from radiation hazards and natural phenomena.
,EPP-13 January 1983
~
-1
3.1.3 Staffinz
- a. The normal complement of site personnel required to staff the CE for any an energency classification of an Alert or higher, or for situation during normal hours requiring a station evacuation, shall include: (See Figures 2 and 3)
- 1) Station Shift Supervisor on duty
- 2) Ass't Station Shift Supervisor
- 3) Chief Shift operator -
l
- 4) Operators on Shift and in Training
! 5) Station Superintendent
- 6) Operations Supervisor ,
- 7) Reactor Analyst, Unit Supervisor
- 8) Instrumentation & Control, Unit Supervisor
- 9) Chemistry & Rad. Prot. Assistant Supervisor b.
Staffing for an emergency classification of an Unusual Event may l not require full staffing. For this emergency condition the l Emergency Director shall determine the staffing complement i consistent with the severity of the emergency.
- c. Emergency Advisory personnel (#5-9) above vill initially report to the Control Room to be briefed by the ESS on plant status and corrective actions in progress. Their duties will be coordinated by the Station Superintendent and will include interfacing with TSC personnel as required by the Emergency '
Director. 10 3.2 Technical support Center (TSC) 3.2.1 Location - The on-site Technical Support Center is located in the
- Administrative Building on the 277' elevation. It is in close 10 proximity to the Control Rcom and allows access to records and drawings which describe the as-built conditions and layout of plant structures,-systems and components.
3.2.2 Function - The TSC shall provide the necessary ares outside the Control Room to accomplish the technical support necessary for the command and control of the emergency situation. These functions include furnishing indepth diagnostic and corrective engineering assistance to Control Room emergency personnel. 3.2.3 .Staffinz
- a. The TSC is activated during the Alert, Site Area Emergency,
' General Emergency, or when directed by the Emergency Director. In addition, during normal hours the TSC shall also be staffed for any situation requiring a Station Evacuation. (See Figures 2,3,4) v* s,
; $PP-13 -2 January 1983 -i
l.. _ 3.2.3 Staffing (Cont'd) b. The normal . positions or expertises to s'taff the TSC for an 11 l Alert, Sits Area and General Emergency when fully activated will l- include ' I Position Title or Expertise - Typical Staffing l l 1) Emergency Director - Gen. Superintendant l wue1. Gen. . .
- 2) Technical Data Coordinator - Technical Supt. & Staff '
l 3) Instrumentation & Control Coord. - Site I & C Supv. I 4) Reactor Analyst Coord. - Site Rx Analyst, Supv. l 5) Communication Coordinator & Staff - QA Operations Supv. &
! Staff
- 6) Maintenance Coordinator - Maintenance Supt.
- 7) Radiological Assessment Coord. - Chem. & Rad. Mst. Supt.
- 8) Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coord. - Env. Prot. Coord.
- 9) Station Survey / Sample Team Coord. - Chen.- & Rad. Prot.
- Supv.
- 10) Public Information Coord. - Operations Supervisor of unaffected Unit
- 11) Sec.urity Coordinator - Security Representative
*12) Operations Engineering - A Nuclear Engineering t Department Staff Member p *13) Meeh=4a=1 Engineering - A Nuclear Engineering ,
. Department Staff Member -
.c$T
( *14) Electrical *=34 - ring - A Nuclear Engineering
~E -
Department Staff Member
'F.~ *15) Nuclear Engineering - A Nucisar Engineering S"
Department Staff Member
*16) Meteorological Advisor - Environmental Affairs Staff Meteorologist
- 17) NRC Representatives (5) 1
; * - NMPC Headquarters Support Staff I
3.3 Operations Support Center (OSC) a
- 3.3.1 Location - The on-site Operations Support Center is located in the Administrative Bit 41 ding lunch room areas on the 261' and 277' elevations. The OSC is in close . proximity to the Radiation Protection Office, the emergency equipment storage cabinets, the .
. Maintenance Shop, First Aid roca, and tne Decont==ination Facility.
3.3.2 Punction - The OSC is the area fcom which personnel and equipment necessary for the support of emergency operations can be dispatched (i.e., survey teams, damage control teams, fire / rescue / medical brigade). 4 EPP,-13 -3 May 1983 1g
. . ; '~~'
b
- - ---. _ _ _ _ _ t_--.._=..mw_ _%w.-,--,%.
.--.,,-c..m.,_- .,,wes--..-,c,-w,--m, .,,--,,-,m -yn,.,-,-sy-ev--+w- ;.-y-+ ,--,-,w- 3,-w w .,y--ww
1 l - e- . . . .. . 3.3.3 Staffinz
- a. h OSC is activated during an Alert, Site Area, or General Emergency or irhan directed by the. Emergency Director. In addition, during normal hours the OSC shall also be staffed for -
any situation requiring a Station Evacuation (see Figures 2, 3, # 4).
- b. h OSC coordinating positions shall be staffed by available first line supervisors or Chief habaics/ Technicians by means of. assignment or via designation by the Emergency Director.
The OSC organisation shall inelnAm3 Position Title or Lyai.ise Typical S*= m ar
- 1) OSC Coordinator Maintenance Department Supervisor
- 2) OSC Communicator Maintenance Department Supervisor
- 3) Personnal Accountability Maintenance Department Supervisor Coordinator or Chief Mechanic / Electrician 11
- 4) Chemistry and Radiation r'hanistry and Radiation Protection Tema Coordinator Protection Assistant Supervisor or Chiaf Tech.
- 5) Dsange Control Team Maintenance Department Supervisor coordinator 11 or Chief Mechanic / Electrician 8
- 6) NMP Fire Dept. Coordinator Fire Department Supervisor 4.0 ACTIVATION OF ON-SITE EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES NOTE: This section is not applicable to the Control Room as no special actions are require.1 to activate the Control Room 4
as an Emergency Facility. 4.1 Activation of Teab 4a=1 Support Center ' 4.1.1-The first TSC staff member to arrive shall unlock the TSC at the 7 Document Control / Retrieval Room door using a GM5 or GM key obtainable j 1 from the Control Room, activate emergency ventilation system as per
-at+=a%t Log.
1, and enter name< on Assignment Board and Accountability The Document Control /Ratrieval Room door is the primary l11 entrance and azit to the TSC to ensure accountability of TSC personnel. All other doors should be used only as emergency ezits. 4.1.2 As other TSC staff members arrive they should enter their name on the Accountability Log and take up assign ==nts and perform the fo11*ng tasks: 11 Technical Data Coordinator and staff - activate process computer ter=4nmis, contro.1 room camera, and prepare to activate TSC status boards. EPP-13 -4 May 1983 3
. m.
b e
.. e, . . . -
9 ..m. .
. . . . . ...m-.
-w ev.-,-+, , , w,.-.w. ,,..,e,m.,,r=-,-,e.,--.+,yr,,m-.,...-,.,i-e--,,-,,----.,-.,,,---.-,w--_ --..,.-.,,-m- ._.- --, -.
4.1.2 (cont.) Radiological Assessment Coordinator and staff - Make a general announcement . prohibiting smoking, eating and drinking until habitability. surveys have been completed. Perform TSC habitability surveye (i.e. , turn on and check VAMP and CAM), g make ree - adations on TSC habitability and need for TSC emergency ventilation systen to continue operation. Activate radio system and Meteorological / Dose Assessment computer. Ensure step off pad and monitors are set up at entrance to TSC technical library. Communications Coordinator and staff _ - ensure hotlinas, telecopiers and other communications equipment are ready for service. 4.2 Activation of Operations Support Center 4.2.1 As members of the Operations Support Center staff arrive, they will take up assignments according to their qualifications and perform their assigned tasks. 1 4.2.2 The first individual (s) to arrive at' the OSC should ensure the following have been started:
- 1) Establish coanunications with the TSC (normal hours) or CR (off hours) as appropriate. Establishing ca==naications includes telephone, radio (with backup) and gaitronica.
~
Q-
- 2) Ensure ,a general announcement is made prohibiting - 44ag, eating,' and drinking until habitability surveys have been i '
completed and found to be satisfactory. Ensure a radiation survey and air ssaple of OSC are started and that a stepoff pad l
?s and monitor is placed by the employee entrance.
-~
- 3) Unpack and organize the OSC Emergency Operations Kit. .
l
- 4) Move tables and chairs to the front and side of room for the OSC coordinators and staff (see Figure 9).
E' _ 5) Place a sign from OSC Kit on the door utilized to enter the Administration Bn41 ding lobby indicating that all individuals unst utilize the employee entrance.
- 6) Place the names and positions of the OSC coordinating positions on the organization chart.
l i 7) Inform the TSC when survey teams are assembled and ready to be ( , dispatched.
- 8) Assure that the OSC Coordinator establishes his command post at the front of the room.
rPP-13 -5 May 1983 i
. .,. --~!
I l f
i , 5.0 CONDUCT OF OPERATIONS AT ON-SITE EMERGENCT RESPONSE FACII,ITIES 5.1 Control Room Staff . 5.1.1 Supervisory personnel assigned to the Control Room shall act as - Emergency Advisors initially reporting to the Station Supervisor. Shift They will be briefed on plant status and corrective actions in progress. They will report through the Station Superintendent and act as technical advisors concerning actual or potential problems within their particular area of expertise / responsibility. They will analyse current and projected plant status and, through close consunications and coordination with the TSC and Emergency Director, provide technical support anc recommendations to emergency personnel. These personnel may provide backup to counterparts in the TSC to assure 24 hour per day coverage. 5.1.2 The Station Superintendent shall provide liaison between control room i operating staff. Emergency Advisory staff, and the Site Emergency Director. Also, provide technical and administrative direction in 10-accident assessment, and damage control operations. 5.1.3 Operations personnel on duty or reporting to the Control Room shall, i under the direction of the Chief Shift Operator or SSS, act to ensure the safe and proper operation of the plant including acts to mitigate off-normal . conditions. They shall perform other activities as directed to assess plant conditions and correct problems. . 5.1.4 The Station Shift Supervisor shall intially act as Emergency Director # ' , until relieved. As SSS he shall be responsible for direct supervision of operations personnel performing normal, off-normal or emergency actions in accordance with appropriate operating, special operating, or emergency operating procedures developed in response to the situation at hand.
~
I. 5.2 Techniesl Support center Staff 5.2.1 TSC General Rules of Conduct General rules of conduct have been established for the Technical Support Center and are provided as Figure 6. All personnel in the 10 - TSC shall adhere to these rules. 5.2.2 TSC Staff Emergency Resoonsibilities
- a. A list of Emergency Responsibilities has been establishec in EAP-3 for each emergency position in the TSC with the exception of the Emergency Director which is provided by EAP-1.
s EPP-13 -6 January 1983
- ; ] "
- _~ .
^ -
j
'i i l
5.2.2 TSC Staf f Emergenev Responsibilities (cont. )
- b. The list of Emergency responsibilities contained in EAP-3 are
~
outlined below: EAP-3 Reference Position Enclosure 2 Station Superintendent 10 3 Technical Data Coordinator .
" 4
{ " I&C Coordinator .L l 5 Reactor Analyst Coordinator '; 8 s" 6 Communications, Coordinator 7 Maintenance Coordinator 8 Radiological Assessment Coordinator 9 Environmental Survey / Sample Team Coordinator 10 Station Survey / Sample Team Coordinator 11 Meteorological Advisor 12 Security Coordinator 13 Public Information Coordinator . 14 Engineering TSC Coordinator 5.3 operations Support Center Staff 5.3.1 OSC General Rules of Conduet _ General rules of conduct have been established for the Operations I Support Center and are provided in Figure 7 All OSC coordinating . positions shall adhere to these rules and ensure they are observea by - other personnel in the OSC.
- 5.3.2 OSC Staff Emergency Responsibilities -
- a. A list of Emergency responsibilities are contained in EAP-3 anc
. ~ ate outlined below: l ! EAP-3 Reference Coordinating Position 15 OSC Coordinator , 16 OSC Cosununicator ,. 17 Personnel Accountability Coord. ! 13 Chemistry & Radiation Protection Team Coordinator D Damage Control Team Coordinator 20 NMP Fire Department Coordinator EPP-13
-7 January 1983 -
- Ts*}
- 7. f . . _ . _ , . . . . . . .....,......,,,..g . . . . . . . . . .. _ .. .. ,. .
-- . - , - - - - - ,.y.- , . - - - . -
4 t E p
<B - _
g E E < M .c .t t. k=E y hkDm O
~ kb k
- 5
=
M e.1 M
> u EE
. 4O g M N 4
- e.1 se wda D #
MM K M as D 4. M 3 sg O b tm 22 % *
>2O4 4 b EOMM HM U g Ec h M M aC E EM Es =
- MQOO 2 EM U Go b
- E EO
- st b O M4 t
0h2 M L, m 4ED bMN OM m R D Ar-
<EM h
w Ae EO tlC ch w D . a .
,- A 3
~
e W s M emmt bb , Mk< wwE c w 5EEO E NO aC b NkM BE EO 9 i
' M 132
=65 Q.
hJ Q i
- ,, .. 4,
, . . . . . . . . . . - - . - . = *
.s 1 -
s j STAFFIIIG IfvEI, - SITE .; 'lE=ra
- AUGHEffrATION II 1 i .
MMC
, DIRECTOR g I
- I I' ~
g l CUf!ROL TSC I R006 (FC STATIGO g COLaDINAIDA* SLRESINitteENT , 4 3013RITT RADIOLOGICAL TTOe8BCAL og ComistNATS _ ASSES 5 MENT _ DATA COGtDateATGt C00RDIK4 ten i UNIT ggg WW ANALYST - COMNelCATOR SUPEltVIsoR 4 PUBLIC ENVIR. SURVET/ I4C ! . SurtRVISOR issFGMAflet - 848Pla 1EAf8 - C00RDINAlest J _ i etERATIONS COLRDINAf tR COGt0INATGt } l UNIT NUC. l stair il IEC - SUPERVISOR NAlstrENANCE STAtl010 SURVEY, RI ANALT$f
- PERSONNFL - EDGigif0A10R -
SatPLE TEA 88 - COGIDiseAIGl l _ ACCOUNTA- COGt9lMATGt BILITY CHEMISTRY 6 4 COOROINATOR STAfl0N ' 3Ac3ATI0st - SHIFT Ass? M ERVISOR
- STAFF NETEORO#* CODMNet.
l ILGICAL - CATICII
, / ADVISOR COOADINATOR 6..ui n i u . I I HADin11st
- PROTECTION 081EF SHIFT AS$1STAfff OTNER ClitEt COORNr Top OPERATOR 37ATION SIIIF1 _ STAFF AS STAFF AS i SUPERVISOR y NEEDED IIEEDED 5tNivtf TEANS DAltACE NUC. AUI. IluC. OPER.
- N TROL TrAs OPER. C E
COORDINATOR l I
- Isewdlate direction provided by plaintenance ISTAFPI Coordinator le the TSC.
AUI. OPERATORS ** Support provided from Corporate
' NINE Mile OPER. -- 88 TRAINING lleadquarters unless otherwiso
~
POINT FIRE a lastructed. , DEPARINENT COOR0lNATOR
- t.
j EI'P- 13 -9 May 1983 i . . i ,' I
, . .i 1 a* 4 - -
. -, t
. . . . t. . . . _ .
s.~ 1
e . .
* =. .
_s. u. , _ ga, . _eg - g . -
- 3 25_m ,. .
8 s-8E v< _L_ 1
-s !!
sg- es 39 :-' I - g=i ..a Il s I s =g- as - 1 G :
.g ,
3- Ex Is -
- n- s l! gg gs 2 j i i i i i i :
% N .
= -
s,n :
- -s
.- _ . ,e n = sm :
a= , _u a= ;:e
.i..s- o .
. - .a
- := ,22 -
. . . . . 5.
, _ ::- t = 2 :
a 2
=rg = 0 3" EI w
!*a
,x.
=
a=s5
=
g,. s n ,. _. ,. .. - 3 y,-s
- ..a < .
s=
=s
- 32" -
R=" e$
! g
- - . iI 8
. .T_2 >u i -l W
E E
! c .-=
a C u!E s-a "E a EE ss 5 _."I 22 32 _[22 r: : ers . - a 3- ga wu- --
- 4:
- 2- -
gar- as" a _g t:- 4
-. 1. -lE. m 5 53_5. na- zh:a l: .
a [;E
. :m =!
fx5 3:5: Q* a . II s,_X "u a .. ce: i .s sg .
=gg E 5 k
. c_ tt, :
x :=
=E ==g i
8 l t Dam 8 L' E g d = 4 .H 2_gE Er
*<> 3e -
wo, g
.Ca g
- gr=
"if =
E:=
"a =
==
a g w c $. :*. B=- l 3 - 3 - g
.=._
s a . - , . 55 -5:, E .E c1sE
$ E u
=* 2Cle! -
!FyE 55 ":
I'g!
,,: %= 592 - =$2 =2 *
- E g<3 552*e! =.. ac != ,, T e
- g w w,= m e R
.q _
- 2 5. M' s5 z
bx - c m:
- 5.
- EPP-13 -10 May 1983 y ,-.. , - . . - , . , - . . . . . . , . . . . . _ , , . _
6 .. . { { l FIGURE 4 NMP EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION STAFFING AND ASSIGNED DUTIES CONTROL ROCH - . STAFFING RESPONSIBILITIES SSS on Duty Maintain constant conusuni:ations - Asst. SSS with the TSC and at the direction CSO. of the Emergency Director pertorm Operators on Shift & in Training actions necessary to reduce the severity of the emergency. Station Superintendent Provide liaison between control room Operating staff, Emergency Advisory staff, and the Site Emergency Director. Also, Provide 10 technical and administrative direction in accident assessment, and damage control operations. Operations Supervisor Perform emergency functions and maintenance. Also, provide tech-nical advise. J Rx Analysg, Unit Supervisor Assist Operations staff in accident , I&C, Unit Supervisor assessment and damage control Chem & Rad Pror. Asst. Supervisor operations. TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER POSITION /EIPERTISE TYPICAL STAFFING RESPONSIBILITIES Emergency Director General Supt. Nuclear Direct emerg. Gen. or ranking number operations , Technical Data Coord. Technical Supt. or Tech. Assist Director in . Services Supt. collection [ I&C Coord. Site I&C Supvr. or an Advise Director on I&C Dept. Supvr. I&C problems Rx Analyst Coord. Site Rx Analyst Supvr. Advise Director on or a RX Analyst core protection j Dept. Supvr. problems Conununications Coord. Q.A. Supervisor or Q.A. Maintain TSC Department Supvr. communications ' Maintenance Coord. Maintenance Supt. or Direct emerg. repair Maint. Dept. Supvr. activities I i. EPP-13 -11 January 1983 -
- 7
- --g
,,n. . , , ,,. ----.. , - ~ ,- - - - -
FIGUEZ 4 (cont.) TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER POSITION /EIPERTISE TTPICAL STAFFING RESPONSIBILITIES Radiological Assessment Chem. & Rad. Mgt. Supt. Overall radiological Coord. or Chem. & Rad. Mst. assesament Supvr. Environmental Survey / Environmental Prot. Direct environmental Sample Team Coord. Coord. or a Chem. & Rad. sampling teams Mst. Dept. Supvr. Station Survey / Chem. & Rad. Prot. Supvr. Direct inplant Sample Team Coord. or a Chem. & Rad. Mgt. sampling teams Dept. Supvr.
- Meteorological Advisor Enviran==nem1 Affairs staff Advise on Meteorologist Meteorology Public Information Supt. of Production Liason with PACC Coord. NMP-2 or NNP-2
< Dept.
i Operations Supvr. or SSS Security Coordinator Security Representative i Liason to Emers. ! Dir. on security matters
- Mechanical Eng. .
A Nuclear Engineering Depart- Corporate Advisors ment Staff Member to the Emergency C
*Ziectrical Eng. Diroctor" , ,h- -
A Nuclear Ra-4--H=! Depart- ~ ment Staff Member
- Nuclear Eng. A Nuclear En_-4--w == De- *
' ~ partment Staff Member
*0perations Eng. A Nue1=ar Engineering
- Department Staff Member
'* Structural Eng. A Nuclear Engineering
- Department Staff Member
- Radiological Eng. A Nuclear Engineering
- Department Staff Member
*NMPC' Corporate Staff personnel will respond to an Alart, Site Area Ehergency, '
General Emergency or when requested by the Emergency Director. n t EPP-13 -12 May 1983
~T
~5
.....7 .
4
L - l,. , I h
- l FIGURE 4 (cont.)
l-l- OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER I Position Staffina Responsibilities l - l OSC Coordinator A Maintenance Department Supvr. Direct OSC operations
! OSC h=4eator A Maintenance Department Supvr. Maintain OSC
; communication j Personnel Accounta- A Maintenance Department Supvr. Account for station
. bility coordinator or Chi,ef Mechanic /Electrican personnel 11 Chem. & Rad. Prot. Chemistry & Radiation Protection surveys, sampling Team Coordinator Assistant Supervisor or Chief Technician i
Damage Control Team A Maint*aanea Department repair and damage - l Coordinator Supervisor or Chief control. 11 Mechanic / Electrician l NNP Fire Dept. A Fire Department Supervisor Fire /2ascue/ Medical Coordinator Brigade NOTE: 1) In the absence of the General Superintendent Wuclear Generation, the renirine seaber present will act as Emergency Director.
- 2) The Emergency Director will assign duties in the absence of the person usually occupying the position (uaing approved personnal j ,, lists in EPP-11).
y ,_ .: ~ , ., c, ' z w [w<.- - 3 f.g. ^ - M, s l
.t I
d EPP-13 -13 May 1983 - 7 -a
* * - - - - = ~ . . . . . . . - = . - . . . . . . . . .. _. - ..
i .. - < L' EPP - 13 l l FIGURE 5 TYPICALTECHNICALSUPPORTCEhrERARRANGEMEhT
.I.
- t.
i. l : l ' i STEP-OFF PAD N W/FRISKER 11 i wau. mesurse saata ro, CRT dbrari vaase VV VV l uenes
)esk
[ cAas Power pole p g,g,= , l CRT Drawings File raa6as. Typewriter Ektron IMT C ]
/
Reader Pr inter Printer y y los ... Document Control / Desk
, Retrieval Room i
sustus IMT l \ l l Sheives Stora. r File, . ACC
- d amor=ct svuus sonao A n sprac. events svarus sonao d etant tse Loc 4 r
33
- I, n starvs sonne svare camer i l
i
- a% ,,,.. .e, ,,,,,,, ,
g t }I synaeuse omveron s ,,,,,,,,,, aantest ; , ~, 3 =g e$
*= assssrames omscron coonosmaron g,g gg seemssasas g,,j y t
g,,j g,,j gag og
. o s seneou e ano e s' k v soeverisames ," ~$
ag A Coodtoeffarom z .- c o.T.E.a maron N o 3
==
v
,O ag
?g awvmo==ewrat %./ v v <
u.a o E :; ) suavevisavetr naciotocicat uamrumance secuarry evaue g ?,
* :: rtam assessuswr **o coongaron coo omaron
,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,, coors. a g o j. Meteorologica U V g 51 Eo
) ' '- G Mgr./oost t$1.
tsausseat /CRT V V V V ( g" E!
$0 3 k ,
'"*?'"
k rs E N 2 =anuas ears,rr DQst tsfewarom [ 'I"M'N" contacts EPP-13 -14 May 1983
.n-- i a
i_ i' IL l t EPP-13 i' FIGURE 6 , i a
,1 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER GENERAL RULES OF CONDUCT -
l This figure provides a listing of general rules of conduct for the T3C. All personnel in the TSC = hall adhere to these rules. 1
- 1. The first TSC staff member to arrive shall perform the following:
i
- a. Unlock the TSC at the Document Control / Retrieval Room door using a GM5 or GM key obtainable from the control room.
i
- b. Activate the TSC emergency ventilation system (refer to EPP-13 i' Attachment 1 for its operation).
- c. Enter name on Assignment Board.
- d. No smoking, eating or driatring will be allowed until habitability 11 surveys have been completed and announced to be satisfactory.
- 2. Other TSC staff members to arrive should take up assignments and perform the following:
, s. Tech =4a=1 Data Coordinator and staff - Activate process computer teminal s , Control room camera and prepare to activate TSC Status. boards. t
- jA..
- b. Radiological Assessment Coordinator and staff - Make general announcement prohibiting smoking, eating, and dr4=1 ring until
?. habitability surveys have been completed and found to be 11 satisfactory. Perform habitability surveys (i.e., turn on and check
,,'~_ VAMP and CAM), make recommendations on TSC habitability and need for TSC emergency ventilation system to continue operation. Activate
- radio system and Meterological Dose Assessment computer. Request OSC to establish a step-off pad at entrance to TSC.
- c. Comm2.nications Coordinator and staff - Ensure hotlines, telecopiers .
and other communications equipment are ready for service. I
- 3. Personnel filling designated staff positions in the TSC shall place their i . names la the appropriate box on the Assignment Board. When relieved, assure the relieving individuals name is placed in the appropriate box.
4'. All individuals entering and exiting the TSC shall log in and out with the g- , 3, Technical Data Coordinator or his designee. An example of the entrance log to be utilized is shown as Pisure 10. i '~-. l EPP-13 -15 May 1983 . 1[ ] 1
- t. _ _ _ -
d
, EPP-13 .
FIGURE 6 (Cont'd)
. 3, f 5. Record and disburse all messages received or transmitted as follows:
- j. a. Incoming Messages I
8 All messages received from outside the TSC shall be recorded on l- triplicate forms which are provided in the TSC emergency operations i kit and disbursed as follows: let copy - To appropriate TSC staff ===har for action 2nd copy - To Technical Data Coordinator for status logging 3rd copy - To be retained by message taker
- b. Outgoing Messages All outgoing messages from the TSC shall be recorded on triplicate forms which are provided in the TSC emergency operations kit and disbursed as follows:-
Step 1 i ist ar.d 2nd copy - To appropriate TSC staff member for response e, 3rd cc,py - To be retained by message originator , , +- - - Step 2 i ?:.
~
i.]'
~
ist copy - To message originator with response ad for status logging if necessary. 2nd copy - To be retained by appropriate TSC staff member providing response.
- 6. When you receive a message, (e.g., copy of the triplicate message form),
take appropriate action required and also initial the message to signify l '. t you have acknowledged its receipt. .
- 7. Periodically inform the Emergency Director (directly or through the individual to whom you report of actions / assessments /results within your area of responsibility.
. 8. Peri W a=117 review the various status boards within the TSC. Verify that information relative to your area of responsibility is up to date and corract.
l EPP-13 -16 May 1983 ----,,
- ~e ' ,
t .. . . _ . . . . .._ ... EPP-13 FIGIRE 6 (Cont'd) .
- 9. Periodically assess personnel requirements: -
- a. Determine if sufficient personnel are on hand (e.g., are in the Operations Support Center) to provide any assistance you may anticipate. Have additional personnel called in if necessary.
- b. If it appears that the emergency may be protected, (1.3., may require -
shift-type coverage) determine if sufficient pereonnel are available to provide for continuous 24-hour coverage and set up a duty rotation system. Notify appropriate personnel of their duty seh=di'1==.
- c. Utilize the approved personnel lists of EPP-11 when selecting / assigning personnel.
- d. If additional personnel are requirei, (e.g., JAPNPP, consultants, etc.) coordinate through the Emergen:7 Director to obtain these people.
! 10. The document control system can be accessed through the document control terminal, located adjacent to the TSC. f , 11. If additional materials / parts / supplies /etc. are required beyond
;... availability at the station, requests should be coordinated through the, b' Emergency Director to the Administrative / logistics Manager in the'
{, ,- Energency Operations Pacility (if activated). c: 4 [. 12. If necessary, food will be periodically provided through the r* Administrative / Logistics Manager (in the EOF if activated).
- 13. A cala professional atmosphere shall be maintained at all times.
t.: - r- . e 9 EPP-13 -17 May 1983 - 2{
-5
- - * - * * * * * -. -. =a* .. ..,e .. ..,,m. ..., ,
i . . . __ .. __ f t:.* ll~ l '.. i EPP-13 l: FIGURZ 7 l - L OPERATIONS SUPPORT CENTER GENERAL RITLES OP CONDUCT i
-I This figure provides a listing of general rules of' conduct for the OSC. All lI personnel staffing OSC coordinating positions shall adhere to these rules and i ! assure they are observed by othar personnel in the OSC.
I ,I 1. As members of the Operations Support center arrive, they will pick up l their appropriate assignment binders from the OSC Operations Kit and perform the assigned tasks. No _=aking, eating or dv4 =k4 == will be gI allowed until habitability surveys have been completed and announced as being satisfactory.
- 2. The first individual (s) to arrive at the OSC should ensure the following have been started:
a. Establish communications with the TSC (normal hours) or CE (off hours) as appropriate. Establishing cosmanications intindas telephone, radio (with backup) and gaitronics.
- b. Ensure a general announcement is made prohihiting -aking, eating,
- and dr4=k4=: until habitability surveys have been completed and found j
to be satisfactory. Insure a radiation survey and air sample of OSC n i are started and that a stepoff pad and monitor is placed by the , employee entrance. - 'M , 3.~ c. Unpack and organize the OSC Energency Operations Ilt. rj' 4 d. Move tables and chairs to the front and side of room for the OSC coordinators and staff as per EPP-13 Pisure 9.
- a. Place a sign on the door utilized to enter the Ad=4n4=tration F41d4= lotby to the OSC area indicating that all individuals must t utilize the employee entrance.
r. s.(" f. Place the names and positions of the three OSC Coordinators on the organization cuart. -
~
3 Inform the TSC when the survey teams are assembled and ready to be
, dispatched.
- h. Assure that the OSC Coordinator establishes his e-ad post at the front of the room.
- 3. Personnel filling designated staff positions in the OSC shall ensure that their name/ position is identified on the Organization Board.
- 4. All individuals entaring and exiting the CSC shall los in and out with the OSC Coordinator or his designee. An example of the entrance log to be utilized is shown as Figure 10.
I i ^ EPP-13 -18 May 1983 m
; ~'
(' . . . . _ . .. , _ .- . . . . -- - t EPP-13 l FIGURE 7 (Cont'd)
- 5. Record and disburse all messages received or transmitted as follows: -
- a. Incoming Messages All messages received from outside the OSC shall be recorded on triplicate forms which are provided in the OSC emergency operations kit and disbursed as follows:
- Step 1 let and 2nd copy - To appropriate OSC staff member for response 2nd copy - To OSC Coordinator 3rd copy - To be retained by message taker 10
- b. Outgoint Messages All outgoing messages from the OSC shall be recorcea on tiriplicate forms which are provided in the OSC emergency operations kit and disbursed as ,follows: .
Sten 1 1st and 2 d copy - To appropriate OSC staff member for response 3rd copy - To be retained by message originator Step 2 1st copy - To message originator with response and for status logging if necessary. 2nd copy - To be retained by appropriate OSC staff member providing response.
- 6. ' When you receive a message (e.g., con of the triplicate message form),
take appropriate action required and also initial the message to signify you have acknowledged its receipt.
~~
- 7. Periodically assess personnel requirements in consultation with appropriate coordinators in the TSC.
- 8. Keep the OSC Coordinator appraised of actions / assessment /results within your area of responsibility.
EPP-13 -19 January 1983 - g
-A
- m- --- ,, - . , , - - _-.__m - - - . - . _ _ _ , . . -.v.-,____.--,._-_.._y __ --_,-
, - - , - - - - - . . - - - - - - - - - - - - ~ - - . .,-,%- , - -__ , yy-.y. y-- , , --
t- .. __ I l EPP-13 l FIGURE 7 (Cont'd) l k ' I
, 9. If necessary, food will be periodically provided I through the Administrative / Logistics Manager (in the Emergency Operations Facility if l activated). 1(
l l 10. A calm, professional atmosphere shall be maintained at all timea. I I I i I , i l-l 1 i 1 EPhl3 -20 January 1983 'w
. -- M
, . _ . . , , .-,,-..e c - - -w- --
v e- - > < - -- - * - - -
1
)
l EPP-13 PORM 1 FIGURE 8 Page of
?
DutRGENCY RESPONSE / RECOVERY ACTION IDG w Pesition Person Action Date/ Time Actions / Requests Assignments Cocpletion Commente ; l s s- . t 1 l I .l l EPP-13 -21 January 1983 .
,7, -
* ? '*d
i . _ _ _ _ . EPP-13, FIGURE 9 OSC ARRANGEMEhT 1 N DAMAGE CONTROL TSC HOTL.INE I \ p - Y,
- l OSC SUPPLIES
. OSC T:ABINET COORDINATOR
] -
1 DAMAGE - J CONTROL TEAM FOORDINATOR 4 ROOM DIVIDER t'5 PHONE (
) CHEM & RAD. OSC
GAI-TRONICS PROT. TEAM COMAINICA10R
~
.--~,** CHEM 4 RAD. * *"
COORDINATOR - PROT. TSC / g j T-s . HOTLINE . \ t i
) .,
NMP4 FIRE' DEPT C00RDINAiOR E #N PHONE
.\s
, PHONR/ PERSONAL -
ACCOUhTABILI"Y N ROOH DIVIDER
,) COORDINATOR l
] ,
s. i
,EPP-13 -02 January 1983
_. ; y ;
. .. -. ~ .-- . - - -
1 , 6
. J. '
t EPP-13 l
!' FIGURE 10 - ., I- ..
ACCOUNTABILITY IAG 11 $- l l Name Dept / Company Time-In Time-Out Destination l _ l l
;p .
I i - I e I i e .' W
! g s .- r-
- 1 I*E [
5' ' f,~ , . we 9 3
- g. .
EPP-13 -23 May 1983 *
- _m.J
'.e en
~
S
l .
~
EPp-13 4 i Attachment 1
- f I i TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER EMERGENCY VENTILATION OPERATION PROCEDURE This attachment provides the procedure for operation of the TSC Emergency Ventilation System.
f 1.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION r I Normal ventilation for the Technical Support Center is provided by the new Administration Building HVAC system. In the event of air contamination in the Administration Building, the outside air supply must be transferred to the TSC Emergency Ventilation System which is ( independent from the normal Administration Building HVAC system. The outside air supply must be continued to establish and maintain a positive pressure within the TSC. This outside air will be supplied
- i l
by one full capacity fan which then passes through a EPA and 10 charcoal filter train. i The TSC Emergency Ventilation system is designed to provide air at a rate of approximately 2000 SCFM. A positive pressure of. approximately .125 inches of water is to be maintained within the TSC relative to the immediate surroundings (while the system is in operation) in order to prevent infiltratien of potentially contaminated ~ air. Doors are weather-stripped and penetrations are sealed to aid in maintaining the positive pressure. This pressure is . ' maintained by the exhaust damper modulating to keep the space at .125 inches of water. Ductwork distritutee air to various areas of the TSC (including the area above the ceiling of the TSC and the rooms adjacent to the TSC; namely, the NRC Operations Room and Site Library). Heating in the TSC is provided by thermostatically i controlled ventilation duct heaters. Air cooling is provided by one air-cooled condensing unit on the inlet to the TSC. Ventilation fici through the System during operation is as follows: Air enters the System through a louvered intake af ter which it passes through the supply damper to the supply fan. Air then i passes through a duct heater (used for humidity control) and on ( to the filter train. The filter train comprises of a pre-filter, EPA filter, charcoal filter and a second HEPA filter. Air then passes through the single ventilation cooler and air duct heaters. The system components are controlled remotely from the TSC Emergency ventilaiton Control Panel located in the TSC. 2.0 Initiate System Start 2.1 Check Emergency Ventilation system " POWER ON" " Red" indicator light is on. If not, push and release " Green" " POWER RESET" push button and " POWER ON" " Red" indicator light should come "0N".
=e.-M EFF.-13 -24 January 1983 .. !
~ . _ _ _ . --_ _ .
~
l- , s . - .. -. .- - ( - f 9 EPP-13 Attachment 1 (cont.) 2.2 Push and release " Red" " VENT SYSTEM START" pushbutton. Check " VENT
; SYSTEM ON" " Red" indicator light is "0N".
I 3.0 Allow system to stabilize (approximately 10 minutea) l 3.1 Check " INLET AIR DAMPER D1" "0 PEN" " Red" indicator light is "0N"; j "CIDSED" " Green" indicator light is "0FF". l 3.2 Check " Supply Air Fan", " FAN ON" " Red" indicator light is "0N". i 3.3 Check damper D4 "0 PEN" " RED" indicator light is "0N"; " CLOSED"
" Green" indicator light is "0FF".
10 3.4 Check " EXISTING SUPPLY DAMPER D5" " CLOSED" " Green" indicating light is "0N"; "0 PEN" " Red" indicating light is "0FF". 3.5 Check " Damper D2" "OPEN" " Red" indicator light is "0N"; " CLOSED "
" Green" indicator light is "0FF".
3.6 Check " EXISTING SUPPLY DAMPER D3"; " CLOSED" " Green indicator light is "0N"; "0 PEN" " Red" indicator light is "0FF". 3.7 Check " Air Flow" "0N" " Red" indicator light is "0N". ^ 5
~..
3.8 Check "EZISTING SUPPLY DAMPER D6" " CLOSED" " Green" indicating lignt ^ is "0N"; "0 PEN" " Red" indicating light is "OFF".
.- 4.0 NORMAL OPERATION The TSC Emergency Ventilation System rerquires little operator action during operation. However, the control panel should be checked regularly during operation to ensure continued proper operation.
NOTE: To maintain TSC positive pressure, all outside entrance doors to the TSC and adjoining rooms sFould be kept closed as much as possible. 5.0 SHUTDOWN PROCEDURE After it has been determined that continued operation of the system is no longer necessary, the system may be secured by depressing the green " Vent System Off" pushbutton (on the Control Panel). This will secure the system supply fan, air cooler, and duct heaters. It will also open/close appropriate dempers to allow resumption of normal HVAC. Then push Red " POWER OFF" pushbutton to reset all relays. EPP-13 -25 January 1983 f'?,
...t t ** * * * * * * * * ' ~= - *~ *e-*** = + * = = = * --e w=+m-* . . - * - - - *+ ....-w.===-. = = . - - ~ .
e
i . l. I EPP-13 Attachment 1 (cont.) l . l 5.0 (cont.) PROCEDIRE FOR CORRECTING ALARM CONDITIONS I ' l l. Annunciator Location: TSC Emergency Ventilation Control Panel Annunciator
Title:
Differential Pressure Switches-Zone 1, 2, 3, or 4 A. Alarm Contacts: Zone 1 - 212-09
! Zone 2 - 212-11 Zone 3 - 212-13
- l. Zone 4 - 212-15 l
l Computer Input: {o Input to Process Computer CORRECTIVE ACTIONS 10
- l. Alarm indicates high dP acros,r tht. respective filter.
- 2. Determine and correct cause ci high dP.
- G.
PROCEDURE FOR CORRECTING ALARM CONDITIONS (Cont.)
- 2. Annuniator Location: TSC Emergency Ventilation Control Panel Annunciator
Title:
Air Flow
. A. Alarm Contacts: 212-03
, _ Computer Input: No Input to Process Computer CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
- 1. Alarm indicates low inlet air flow.
- 2. Check that inlet damper 212-02 is OPEN
- 3. Check zones 1-4 dP
- 4. Check supply fan is operating properly
- 5. Check that all duct heaters have tripped
- 6. Determine and correct cause of low inlet air flow
- 3. Annunciator Location: TSC Emergency Ventilation Control Panel Annunciator
Title:
High Humididty l L EPP.-13 -26 January 1983 - v,.s
.i M, f
... .m. . .--i .. . .. .
. . . . . . . . . - e .. . . . . . . . . . .. .
-------t'--a-ww *- *- - e- - - +
-----*a----Fm +w--e p 7----,.way------g-,w ww---ww--w---,w -#-+wwg-- w'-mwv---ii e-- w ---y,*-,i%,wm mee--m - - - - - --- -- - - - - + = - - , -----e--
i._ ~ __
.l_ , _ --
._m --
L. s, EPP-13 l Attachment 1 (cont.)
! 5.0 (cont.) .
l l A. Alarm Contacts: 212-07
! Computer Input: '
No Input to Process Computer f l CORRECTIVE ACTION s , l 1. Alarm indicates inlet air high humidity i
- 2. Check heater 212-04 is energized
- 3. Determine and correct cause of high humidity
- 4. Annunciator Location: TSC Emergency Ventilation Control Panel 10 Annunciator Location: Thermal Detection Panel ,.
A. Alarm Contacts: 212-16 (" Pre-alarm") Computer Input: No Input to Process Computer CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
- 1. Alarm indicates high temperature in charcoal filter
- 2. Check supply fan tripped
- 3. Determine and correct cause of " Pre-alarm" B. Alarm Contacts: 212-16 (" Alarm")
- 1. Alarm indicates increased high temperature in charcoal filter t 1 I l 2. Determine and correct cause of high temperature " Alarm" C. Alarm Contacts: 212-16 (" Trouble")
- 1. Alarm indicates increased high temperature in charcoal filter
- 2. Check SPRAY WATER " Flowing" indicator light is ON
- 3. Determine and correct cause af " Trouble" alarm EPP-13 -27 January 1983
[q . .y 1 -
EPP-13 Attaciunent 1 (cont.) - ' e 5.0 (cont.)
- 5. Annunciator Location: TSC Emergency Ventilation Control Panel Annunciator
Title:
Ionization Detector Alarm 10 A. Alarm contacts: Ion #1, #2 - Computer Input: No Input to Process computer CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
! 1. Alarm indicates smoke or fire in Penthouse
- 2. Notify Control Room of alarm condition
- 3. Determine and correct cause of alarm
. t I
l I
-y EPP'13 -28 January 1983 .;1 m* g ** **-e e * . eamm e . e me e ,w e. , e
NINE MILE POINT NUCI. EAR STATION EMERGENCY PLAN AND PROCEDURES , PROCEDURE NO. EPP-10 EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES AND CHECKLISTS FOR INFORMATION ONLY DATE AND INITIALS APPROVALS SIGNATURES REVISION 7 REVISION 8 REVISION 9 Chemistry & Radiation Management Superintendent f Nf72 30lY3 f2/k?$ E. H. Leach VL) se.< [M4 , d V- % 2C Station Superintend NMPNS T. H. Roman .
.m 'Mh)2-jj i i e 1 i/2E i<
$l4h3 s sii General Superintendent Nuclear Generation g fy gg Chairman of S.O.R.C. 8h783 T. J. Perkins [h hidtM 'I/ f W b/d
) Summary of Pages Y l Revision 9 l
Page Date i, 11 , 1-78 May 1983 NIAGAPA MOHAWK POWER CO3PORATION
*Proprietory information. For THIS PROCEDURE NOT TO BE l contorlled copies only. USED AFTER May 1985, l SUBJECT TO PERIODIC REVIEW.
- ~
a ', I
_ . . . ..: ' . ~ A a' fn EPP-10 - DGRGENCY EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES AND CHECKLISTS Section Contents g 1.0 Purpose 1 2.0 Responsibilities 1 3.0 Inventories 1 4.0 Checklists 9 Figures 1 Fire Cabinet Inventory 10
- 2 Fire Cabinet Inventory 12 3 Ambulance and Fire Kit 14 _
4 Rescue Cabinet Inver. tory 15 5 Dcnrmrind Survey Kit A/B Inventory 16 6 Alternate Emergency Operations Facility Emergency Kit Inventory 19 7 Oswego Hospital Nuclear Emergency Cabinet Inventory 26 8 In plant Survey Kit Inventory 28 . 9 Cone ==fnated Patient Carrier Inventory 31 l 10 First Aid Room Supply Inventory 32 11 Security Building Emergency Kit Inventory 38 12 Control Room Emergency Procedures Checklist Bins 39 13 Emergency Center Operations Kit Inventory 42 14 Nearsite Emergency Operations Facility Emergency Kit Inventory 47 15 Emergency Vehicles Inventory 50 16 Environmental Offsite Dose Estinate Cabinet Emergency Kit Inventory 53 EPPt10
~
-1 May 1983
] ,
i
EPP-10 . DGRGENCY EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES AND CHECKLISkS (cont.) Fiaures Contents M 17 Operations support Center Kit 55 18 Emergency Communication System 57 19 SCBA Surv=411=nce Sheet 60 20 Nine Mile Point Unit #2 Emergency Personnel Decontamination and Monitoring Kit 61 21 Emergency TLD Checklist 63 22 Portable Emergency Personnel Decon Kit 67
~
23 Personnel Decont==4 nation Room 68 24 Damage Repair Equipment 69 Attachment 1 Procedure for New York State Radiological Emergency Communications System (RECS) 9 71 EPP-10 -11 May 1983 -m
.Q
.. ef a
EPP.10 (' FAELGENCY EQUIPMENT INVENTORIES AND CHECrTTCTS
- 1.0 PURPOSE The purpose of this procedure is to provide a mechanism for, ensuring that emergency equipment necessary to implement the emergency plan is maintained. -
2.0 RESPONSIBILITIE3 The overan responsibility for coordinating the inventory and maintenance of all emergency equipment required per the Site Energency Plan and Procedures rests with the Emergency Pl=nning Coordination. In this effort the Emergency Planning Coordinator will be sided by the Fire Protection Supervisor, Nuclear Generation Storeroom. Supervisor, and the Chemistry and Radiation Protection Supervisor. 9
'1h e Fire Protection Supervisor is responsible for ensuring the maintenance and inventory of all fire and medical related equipment. -
' The Nuclear Generation Storeroom Supervisor is responsible for ensuring the inventory of all damage repair supplies stored in the storeroom for emergency planning purposes.
The Chemistry and Radiation Protection Supervisor is responsible for
- ensuring that personnel are mode available to inventory, maintain, and calibrate all radiological related emergency p1maning equipment.
3.0 INVENTORIES The emergency equipment inventory checklists should be completed by the assigned persons and returned to the Emergency Plannin g Coordinator who win review each, sign and file it with the Site Radiation Protection records. Inventories shall be performed within
+25% of the inventory frequency designated. Discrepancies shall be corrected, or action initiated to correct them (in the case of equipment which must be ordered), within 96 hours. Resolution of the discrepancy shan be noted on the checklist. When revisions are made to inventory checklists, designated inventories should be brought i
into compliance within three months (time anovance for delivery of new equipment). The person performing an inventory or test shan sign and date the checklist to indicate its presence and/or satisfactory condition. In the case of an unsatisfactory condition, a note shall be made on the checklist indicating the corrective aciton taken.
~
EPP-10
-1 May 1983 3"#;
O
, - , - - - ---.n.,.,-,..n.. . . . , , . - . - , ,
- m. . 1 . . . _ . _
- ' 3.1 Equipment Locations and Inventory Frequency, 3.1.1 Fire Cabinet Locations - 8 Eight fire cabinet locations shan be maintained. The station shall have fire cabinets at the followirg locations: *
#1 - Entrance to Turbine Building, Elevation 261'
#2 - Reactor Building, Elevation 261'
#3 - Entrance to Off-Gas Ruilding, Elevation 261'
#4 - Reactcr Building Elevation 237' SE Corner, in enclosed stairwen
#5 - Turbine Ba41d45 - Elevation 277' SE Corner
#6 - Turbine Building - Elevation 300' SE Corner
#7 - Administration Building - Locker Room
, #8 - Screenhouse - Elevation 256' SW Corner Fire cabinet locations 1, 2 and 3 wiu use NMP Emergency Equipment Checklist #EPP-10 Figure 1. Fire cabinet locations 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 will use NMP Emergency Equipment Checklist EPP-10 Figure 2. The Fire Cabinets shan be checked at least once per calendar quarter and whenever a door seal is found to be broken. (Scott Air Paks are . checked monthly, per Section 3.2.4. Seals shall be replaced at this time.) ( 3.1.2 Ambulance and Fire Kit - 1 One Ambulance and Fire Kit shan be maintained on-Site, located in the security building. The Ambulance and Fire Kit shan be checked at least once per calendar quarter and whenever a seal is found'to be broken using figure 3. The film badges shan be used for firemen and ambulance attendants. The remaining equipment is used for personnel and ambulance conta=Ntion control. 3.1.3 Rescue Ccbinet - 1 One Rescue Cabinet shan be maintained on-site, located in the maintenance shop. The Rescue Cabinet shan be checked at least once per calendar quarter and whenever a cabinet door seal is found to be broken using figure 4. The rescue cabinet shan be used by the rescue brigade in extricating trapped personnel. 3.1.4 Downwind Survey Kits - 2 Two Downwind Survey kits shall be kept in a cabinet located in the Operations Support Center Area for use in performing environmental surveys onsite and offsite. The kits sha n be checked at least once per calendar quarter and whenever the cabinet door seal is found to be broken using figure 5. l
-3 E
EPP-10 -2 May 1983 'b
s . .. ._ . vf , i 3.1.5 In plant Survey Kit - 2 . Two In-plant Survey kits shall be kept in a cabinet located in the Operations Support Center Area for use in performing' emergency surveys and monitoring within the station. The In plant Survey kits shall be checked at least once per calendar quarter and whenever a cabinet door seal is found to be broken per figure 8.
~
3.1.6 Nearsite EOF-Energency Survey Kit - 1 One nearsite emergency survey kit shall be kept in the Nearsite Emergency Operations Facility (NMPC Energy Information Center). The nearsite EOF
- Emergency survey Kit shall be checked at least once per calendar quarter and after each use per figure 14. It provides a supplemental source of equipment to emergency personnel ano enables emergency personnel to report directly to the EOF rather than the OSC should conditions make this facility iminhabitable.
3.1.7 Alternate EOF Emergency Kit - 1 One off-site Emergency kit shan be kept in the alternate Emergency Operations Facility (the NMPC Oswego Service Center). The alternate EOF Emergency kit shall be checked at least once per calendar quarter and after each use per figure 6. It too provides a supplemental (- - source 'of equipment to emergency personnel and enables personnel to s report directly to this facility for assignment should other facilities become unavailable. 3.1.8 Emergency Vehicle Kit - 1 One Emergency, Vehicle Kit shan be maintained in the Chemistry and Radiation Management emergency on-call vehicle. The Emergency Vehicle Kit shan be checked at least once per calendar quarter and after each use per figure 15. In addition to this kit are AC inverters and mobile radios installed in the Chemistry and Radiation Management on-can vehicle, Chemistry and Radiation Management Environmental vehicle, and Operations On-Call vehicle. The Technical Services vehicle is equipped with a mobile radio. This equipment shall be checked at least once per calendar quarter as per Figure 15. 3.1.9 Oswego Hospital Nuclear Emergency Cabinet - 1 One Nuclear Emergency Cabinet shall be kent at the Oswego Hospital The emergency cabinet at the Oswego Hospital shall be checked at least once per calendar quarter and after cach use per figure 7.
*Proprietory information. For controlled copies only.
. .-~
mc. EPP-10 -3 May 1983 '
[ e 3.1.10 Contaminated Patient Carrier - 1 -
\
One Contantnated Patient Carrier shall be kept under the stairs in the Operations Support Center Area. The Contaminated Patient Carrier shan be checked at least once per calendar quarter and after each use per figure 9. 3.1.11 First Aid Supplies Three sources of first aid supplies kits are maintained at the 9 plant: "First Aid Room Supplies," " Basic First Aid Kits" and " Trauma j Kits." All first aid supplies shall be checked at least once per month using Figure 10. The First Aid Room Supplies outlined in Figure 10, Section I shan be maintained in the Administration Bldg.
.n. 261' First Aid Room. Basic First Aid Kits outlined in Figure 10,
- section II shall be maintained at the Turbine Bldg. . El. 300' Fire
[ Cabinet, Off Gas Bldg. El. 261' fire cabinet, Control Room El. _;7' and Fire Trailer #34. Trauma kits outlined in Figure 10, Section III shan be maintained at the Turbine Bldg. El. 261' fire cabinet, l Reactor Bldg. E1. 261' fire cabinet, screenhouse El. 261' fire cabinet, and the First Aid Room - Administration Bldg. E1. 261' . 3.1.12 Decontamination Kits - 4 Decontamination supplies are located in the Personnel Decont==4 nation Room Supplies Kit (OSC), Portable Emergency Decontamination Kit 9 (OSC), NMP-2 Safety Office, AEOF. These kits contain decontamination supplies, radiological monitoring equipment, and supplies for contamination control. These kits shan be inventoried at least quarterly and after each use. 3.1.13 Security Building Emergency Kit - 1 One Security Bn41 din- emergency kit shall be kept in the station security building for providing respiratory protection and protective I clothing to security personnel during a radiation emergency. I The Security Building kit shan be checked at least once per quarter i and after each use per figure 11. 3.1.14 Emergency Center Operations Kit - 3 An Emergency Center Operations kit shan be kept in each of the emergency centers (TSC, Near site EOF and Alternate EOF). The Emergency Center Operations kits shan be checked at least once per calendar quarter and after each use per figure 13. It shall be used to supply emergency personnel with the necessary equipment. l ' stationary supplies and manuals needed to perform their assigned tasks. l l
-7 EPP-10 -4 May 1983 I
" e 3.1.15 NMP Unit #2 Emergency Kit - 1 -
A kit consisting of radiological monitoring supplies shall be kept on the NMP Unit #2 site. This kit shall be checked at least once per calendar quarter and after each use using Fig. 20. It provides monitoring equipment for evaluating personnel contaminacion during an evacuation of the Unit #2 site. 3.1.16 -Emergency C-mications Systems Dedicated telephone lines and base station radios interconnectng emergency response facilities and providing links with governmental agencies shall be tested at least monthly using Figure 18 to ensure continuity of communications during emergency conditions. 3.1.17 Control Room Emergency Procedures Checklist Bin - 1 One Emergency Procedures Checklist bin containing selected checklists shall be maintained in the control room. The checklists shall be checked at least once per quarter and after each use per figure 12. l O e l l l 6 e m -A, EPP-10 -5 May 1983 i.- ---r, , , . , - . . . --.._,r- c., r-m.---.-, - - - , - - , . . .- , _ , . . . _ , - ---_-%w ,-e , , , , , ~,,_w- . _
i, . ._ - . . _
. .t 3.1.18
+ e Environmental Offsite Dose Estimate Cabinet; - 4 An Environmental Offsite Dose Estimate Cabinet shan be maintained at each of the fonowing emergency response facilities: (Control Room, TSC, EOF & AEOF). The Dose Estimate Cabinet shan be checked at least once per calendar quarter and after each use per figure 16. 3.1.19 Operations Support Center Kit - 1 An Operations Support Center Kit shan be kept in a cabinets located in the Operations Support Center Area. The OSC Kit shall be checked at least once per calendar quarter & whenever the cabinet door seal is found to be broken using Fig. 17. It shan make available the necessary stationary supplies, manuals, 4 and monitoring equipment needed to establish the' Operations Support Center during an emergency. 3.1.20 Energency TLD's Thirty three (33) TLD's are located at various locations surroundine the site (see Figure 21). Two additional TLD's are kept in a lead pig for control purposes. Emergency TLD's are used to assist in assessing radiological conditions in the environment after an emergency condition involving a radioactive release. Emergency TLD's C shan be replaced once per calendar quarter using Figure 21. , 3.1.21 Damage Repair Equipment . I Damage Repair Supplies 'are located in the storeroom to supplement i ? -- station needs .during emergency damage repair operations. These 9 supplies shan be checked at least once per calendar quarter and after each use using Fig. 24. 3.2 Inventory Procedure l Tha equipment in each emergency kit shan be checked to ensure it is in proper working condition, by a person designated by the Emergency Pisuning Coordinator, in the fon owing manner. 3.2.1 Batteries All equipment contain ug non-rechargable batteries, (flashlights, t dosimeter chargers, radios, etc.) shan be replaced regularly: carbon batteries every 6 months, alkaline and mercury batteries every 12 months. In addition, batteries shan be replaced as found necessary. All battery replacement should be noted on the appropriate checklist. I
' ~ X. .'.'t i EPP-10 -6 May 1983 "
is . . . . . . . . . - - .
.- ,e .
/' 3.2.2 Survey Instruments .
All survey instruments shan be checked to ensure calibration due date has not expired. In the space provided on the appropriate checklist, the serial number and calibration due date of the instrument shan be recorded. (Instrument calibration schedules are independent of equipment inventories.) A response check shall be performed on all instruments using a check source to . ensure proper operation since calibration. The acceptable response range will be marked on the source. This check will be t performed on one decade and shall be noted as ' satisfactory on the } appropriate checklist. 3.2.3 Portable Radios and Base Stations Portable radios and base stations shan be checked for operation by sending and receiving a test message with another radio operating on the same channe:. The checklist shan be completed, verifying the proper operation of the radio along with any battery replacement found to be necessary (see 3.2.1). 3.2.4 Self-contained Breathing Apparatus All self-contained breathing apparatus used for emergency purposes shall be checked on a monthly basis per the procedure outlined in S-RTP-62 tand infornation recorded on figure 19. This shan include {~- checking tank hydrostatic testing dates and regular inspection and/or overhaul dates to ensure they have not exceeded five years. In addition, an self-contained breathing apparatus equipped with Voice paks shan have these devices checked for operability. All Voice Pak batteries shan be replaced regularly (see 3.2.1). 3.2.5 Charcoal Cartridge Respirators All charcoal cartridge reapiratcrs used in emergency kits shan be checked per the applicable portions of S-RTP-62. Replacement of any outdated cartridges shan be noted on the checklist. Erpiration dates of. cartridges shall be noted. I 3.2.6 Dosimeters - Film Badges . Self-reading dosimeters shall be read to check for proper range, drift, and than re-zerced. Those having drif ted greater than 20:: of scale will be replaced with recently calibrated dosimeters of the same range. Dosimeter charger batteries shall be replaced regularly (see 3.2.1) and recorded on the appropriate checklist. Film badges l shan be processed and replaced with fresh film each quarter. Numbers of the film bedges shan be noted on a Film Badge Issue Sheet placed with the film badges and film date recorded on Checklist. Dosimeter calibration due date win also be recorded on appropriate checklists.
. ~.y
~
' EPP-10 -7 May 1983 -
., . a.
g 3.2.7 Air Samplers - Each air sampler shan be run for at least 5 minutes fully loaded with charcoal cartridge and prticulate filter paper. Satisfactory run of each sampler and the date samplers are due to be calibrated should be noted on checklist. - 3.2.8 Decontamination Supplies and Solutions Decontamination supplies subject to deterioration, such as chemical or water solutions, should be repleced at least every two years. Any bottles or containers should be checked for leakage and replaced if any is detected. Bottles should be dated, and date recorded on checklists. 4 3.2.9 Rubber Equipment AH rubber equipment should be checked for cracking. It should be stretched (if practical) to check for soundness. Any equipment found to be defective should be replaced. The condition of the equipment should be noted on the appropriate checklist. 3.2.10 Cloth Equipment Any cloth equipment which appears to be ripped, torn or seiled should be replaced. The condition of the equipment should be ncted on the appropriate checklist.
- 3. 2. H Mechanical Equipment Moving parts of any mechanical equipment (such as jacks, bit cutters, etc.) should be checked to see that they move freely.
Defective equipment should be replaced. Operation should be noted on the appropriate checklist. 3.2.12 Paper Equipment l l Paper equipment should be checked for condition. Any that appears to t be deteriorated should be replaced. The condition of the equipment should be noted on the appropriate checklist. ' 3.2.13 Maps, Lists, Copies of Procedures, Etc. All maps, lists, copies of procedures should be checked to see that they are current, in good order and replaced, if necessary. The revision number and date of any procedures should be noted on the appropriate checklist. 3.2.14 First Aid Supplies AH first aid supplies shah be inspected for open containers and damaged or broken items. Any dated equipment shan be discarded if the expiration date has passed. . All equipnent checked shan be noted on the appropriate checklist.
- v. 4
~ EPP-10 -8 May 1983 4
i
, -- , - - , - - , - - . . . , . . ,. ,..,,-,n ,- . - , - , , , , . ~ . - - .
i .. ._ . . f 3.2.15 other Equipment All other equipment in the emergency kits should be checked to see - that it will perform its intended function and replaced if found faulty. As the equipment is checked, its condition should be noted on the appropriate checklist. Serial numbers and dates should be recorded, as appropriate. 4.0 CHECKLISTS Figures 1 through 24 are used when performing the emergency equipment inventories. k< . P l 3
~.
~ -
EPP-10 -9 May 1983 ' -d
=
- n. , . . .. l EPP-10, FIGURE 1 NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST Fire Cabinet Inventory Kit Location Verified by Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date Cabinet A
- 1. Coveralls - 2 pair
- 2. Cotton Hoods - 2
- 3. Rubber gloves - 2 pair
- 4. Raincoats - 2
- 5. Rainpants -2
- 6. Fire Are - 1
- 7. Wrecking Bar - 1
- 8. Portable hand light - 5 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 9. Fire Resistant Gloves -
2 pair
,_ 10. Fire Resistant Suits - 2 t
~~
- 11. Fire Resistant Hoods - 2
- 12. Asbestos Tarps - 2
- 13. Canvas Tarps - 2 ,
- 14. Extension Card - 1
- 15. Hard Hats - 2
~
- 16. Forceable Entry Tool - 1
- 17. Boots - 5 pr
- 18. Bolt Cutters - 1
- 19. Hacksaw - 1
- 20. (Mise)
- 21. (Misc)
- 22. (Misc)
Cabinet B l 1. White Turn-out Coat - 1
- 2. Yellow Turn-out Coat - 6
- 3. Fire Fighter Gloves - 7 pr
- 4. Boots - 5 pr
- 5. Fire Hats - 6 i 6. (Misc)
- 7. (Misc) -
- 8. (Misc)
T**.
~A '
EPP-10 -10 May 1983 i
- - , - . - , - . - - - - . . . ~ , - . - - - , . - . -- - -. -..------------..,----,---------,,-,-c, , - - , . - -.-- --- -,-.n,,--,
i.. .- . . . .. .- . - l EPP-10, FIGURE 1 (CONTINUED) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST Fire Cabinet Inventory Verified by Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial f/ Remarks Signature / Data s Cabinet C ~
- 1. Scott Pak II - 1
- 2. Scott Pak II - 1
- 3. Scott Pak II - 1
- 4. Scott Pak II - 1
- 5. Scott Pak II - 1
- 6. Spara Air Tanks - 2
- 7. Spare Air Tanks - 2
- 8. Spare Air Tanks - 2
- 9. Spare Air Tanks - 2
- 10. Spare Air Tanks - 2
- 11. Rescue Balts - 2
- 12. Lifa Lines 100 ft. - 2
- 13.
- Portable Fire / Rescue Radio #
(TB 261' and Off Gas 261' only) i Trans/ Rec Ck
- 14. (Misc) -
- 15. (Misc)
- 16. (Misc) - - - - -
Outside Cabinets
- 1. Exhaust Fan -1
- 2. Duct Tubes i
- 3. Pike Pole - 1
- 4. (Misc)
- 5. (Misc) -
- 6. (Misc)
- State whether test message is satisfactory or unsatisfactory.
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE Emergency Planning Coordinator Date Fire Protection Coordinator Date
~ '.
'?. , s.
- EPP-10 -11 May 1983
- l l . ._ - - _ , . _ ...-.., . _. , _ . . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ . _ _ _ . . _ _ . _ _ _ . _ _ . _ . . , _ _ . . _ . . . _ _ . . . - - _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ - . - _ . . ___
r EPP-10, FIGURE 2
\
NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST ' Fire Cabinet Inventorv Kit Location Verified by Ites/ Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date Cabinet A
- 1. Fire Axe - 1
- 2. Wrecking Bar - 1
- 3. Portable hand light - 5 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due: ^
- 4. Extension Cord - 1
- 5. Forceable Entry Tool - 1
- 6. B'lt o Cutters - 1
- 7. Rescue Belts - 2
- 8. Lifa Lines 100 ft. - 2
- 9. Boots - 5 pr
- 10. Hacksaw - 1
- 11. (Mise)
- 12. (Misc)
- 13. (Misc)
'~ -
Cabinet B_
- 1. White Turn-out Coat --1
- 2. Tellow Turn-out Coat - 6
- 3. Fire Fighter Gloves - 7 pr
- 4. Boots - 5 pr
- 5. Fire Hats - 6
- 6. (Misc)
- 7. (Misc)
- 8. (Misc) ~
l Cabinet C (Cabinet A for Locker Room 261')
- 1. Scott Pak II - 1
- 2. Scott Pak II - 1
- 3. Scott Pak II - 1
- 4. Scott Pak II - 1
- 5. Scott Pak II - 1
- 6. Spara Air Tanks - 2
- 7. Spara Air Tanks - 2 '
- 8. Spare Air Tanks - 2
- 9. Spare Air Tanks - 2
- 10. Spara Air Tanka - 2
- 11. (Misc)
- 12. (Misc)
- 13. (Misc)
~
EPP-10 -12 May 1983 fd ' y .w.- - . , - - - .,,------,_,,.----...-,e- - - , , , , - - ----,a , , -. --r--. - -- - , - --- --- -- ---_ _-- - - -
~
- n. - . . .. . - - -
EPP-10, FIGURE 2 , NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST Fire Cabinet Inventory~ Kit Location (Continued) Verified by Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date Outside Cabinets
- 1. Exhaust Fan - 1
- 2. Duct Tubes
- 3. Pike Poles - 1
- 4. (Misc)
- 5. (Misc)
- 6. (Misc)
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE Emergency Planning Coordinator Date Fire Protection Coordinator Date 1 a -M
' EPP-10 -13 May 1983 . .s
- EPP-10, FIGURE 3 -
Checklint Ambulance and Fire Kit Kit Location 7erified by Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 1. EPP-4, Personnel Injury & '
Illness - 1 Rev:
- 2. Film Badges - 50 Dated:
- 3. Masking Tape 2" - 2 rolls
- 4. Coveralls - 3 pairs
- 5. Boot Covers - 3 pairs
- 6. Rubber Overshoes - 3 pairs
- 7. Rubber Gloves - 1 box
- 8. Disposable Gloves - 1 bor
- 9. Full Face Resp. and voice Date batt.
amplifier with Cartridges-3 Exp. date: rep 1.: 9 Batt due:
- 10. Spare Resp. Cartridges - 3 Exp. date:
-' 11. Hoods - 3 '
- 12. Bandage Scissors - 2 pairs
- 13. Kraft Paper
- 14. Plastic Sheeting
- 15. Herculite
- 16. (Misc)
- 17. (Misc)
- 18. (Misc)
ITDfS RESOLVED BY/DATE Emergency Planning Coordinator Date L
.- g-
_. e~ EPP-10 -14 May 1983 M
s _ . . .. -.. . . . . 4 f EPP-10, FIGURE 4 {. . NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist Rescue Cabinet Inventory I4 cation s Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 1. Crow Bars - 2
- 2. Bolecutter - 1
- 3. Hacksaw - 2
- 4. Burning Torch - 1
- 5. Come-along - 1
- 6. Cable Sling, 3' - 1
- 7. Cable Sling, 6' - 1
- 8. Hydraulic Jack, 1 ton - 1
- 9. Hydraulic Jack, 5 ton - 1
- 10. Sledgehammer, 6# - 1 i 11. Sledgehm==ar, 12# - 1
- 12. Rope 1/2" x 100' - 2
- 13. Life Lines 100' - 2
- 14. Forceable Entry Tool - 1
- 15. Wrecking Bar (5') - 1
- 16. Acetylene Cylinders - 2
- 17. Oxygen Cylinders - 2
- 18. (Misc)
- 19. (Misc)
- 20. (Misc)
ITINS RESOLVED BY/DATE 1 Emergency Planning Coordinator Date
. ~w
..=.5,
~ EPP-10 -15 May 1983
.. ._ - - . _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . . ~ - . _ , _ _ . _ _ . - _ _ . , _ . _ _ . _ . _ . . - - _ . . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ - _ __ . _ _ _ _ - - - _ . _ -
L. . .. _ _ . . . . . . . . . _ _ . . . ._, i l EPP-10, FIGURE 5 . NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist Downwind Survey Kit A/B Inventory Kit Location Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 1. Emergency Survey Binder - 1 to include:
- a. EPP-6, In-Plant Emergency Surveys - 1 Rev:
- b. EPP-7, Downwind Radiol-i ogical Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- c. EPP-12, Re-entry Procedura - 1 Rev:
- d. EPP-16, Environmental Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- e. EPP-24, Nuclear Trans-portation Accidents - 1 Rev:
l f. EPP-6/7/12, Fig. 1, In-Plant / Downwind / Reentry Survey ( Log - 10: Rev:
- g. Station Floor Plants - 1 Rev:
- h. On-Site Map - 3 Rev:
- 1. Off-Site Map - 3 Rev:
- j. Oswago County Map - 1 Rev:
- k. N1-PSP-11, High Activity Drywell Atmos. Samp. and Analysis - 1 Rev:
- 1. N1-PSP-12, Interim Proc.
j High Rng.Stk. Noble Gas Rel. Rate Mon. - 1 Rev:
- a. N1-PSP-13, Sampling High Act, Rx Water 277'
, Turbine - 1 Rev: ( n. S-CAP-60, Dilution of Liquid & Gas Samples of High Activity - 1 Rev:
- o. EPP-11, Attachment 1, Telephone List - 1 Rev:
- 2. Clip Board - 1
- 3. Pad, Pens - 2, 3
- 4. Count Rate Meter - 1 Model 7: Due Date:
GM/HP-210 Probe, (0-50k CPM) Resp. Ck:
- 5. Dose Rate Meter - 1 Model 9: Due Date:
Ion Chamber, (0-5R/Hr) Resp. Ck:
- 6. Coveralls - 2
- 7. Rainsuits - 2
- 8. Snowmobile suits - 2
- 9. Boots.- 2 pair , '. = -.y
~
'. 41 EPP-10 -16 May 1983 '
/ EPP-10, FIGURE 5 (Cont.) -
NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist Downwind Survey Kit A/B Inventory Kit Location Verified By Item /Eauipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 7. Boot Covers - 2 pair
- 8. Rubber Boots - 2 pair
- 9. Rubber Gloves - 2 pair
- 10. Cotton Gloves - 4 pair
- 11. Full Face Resp. and voice Data Batt amplifier with Cartridges-2 Erp Date: "epl.:
9 Batt Due:
- 12. Spare Resp. Cartridges - 4 Exp Date:
- 13. Hood - 2
- 14. Tape - 2
- 15. Misc plastic bags - 5
- 16. Silver Zeolite Cartridges -12 Exp Date:
i
- 17. TEDA Charcoal Cartridges - 12 Erp Date:
(s. 18. Fiberglass Air Filters, 47mm - 24
- 19. Patri Dishes - 24
- 20. Air Samp. Coll. Env. - 24
- 21. High Volume Air Sampler with spare fuse, AC-1
{- #: Due Date: 5 min run sat: i 22.**High Volume Air Sampler with ! spare fuse, DC-1
#: Due Dat4: 5 min run sat:
- 23. Head for Sample: s - 1
- 24. Flashlights - 3 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 25. "D" Cell Batteties - 6 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 26. Keys to Envir. St. -1
- 27. *Portamobile Radio 9 (High Band) - 1 d Trans/ Rec Ck:
- 28. Atomic Wipes - 12
- 29. .^.tomic Sr.aars - 50
- 30. Dosimeters (0-SR) - 2 Zero OK Cal. Due Date
- 31. Dosimeter charger Date Batt Repl:
' Batt Due:
- 32. Masslin cloth - 20
- 33. Dimes - 25 . -
I I I l -
' EPP-10 -17 May 1983 -A
.(
i _ - _ _ _ . ___ --
n, ,, , . . . _ _ _ .. . . . - - - - - -- - -- { EPP-10, FIGURE 5 (Cont.). NMP EMERGENCY EQUIP. M Checklist . Downwind Survey Kit A/B Inventory
- 34. KI tablets - 1 bottle Serial No./ Remarks Verified By with instructions and S p ture/Date issus ::heets Erp date:
- 35. Watch - 1
- 36. Check Scurce - 1 Serial No:
7 9
- 37. Extension Cora - 1
- 38. (Misc)
- 39. (Misc)
- 40. (Misc)
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE
- State whether test message is Sat. or Unsat.
** Perform with vehicle operating Emergency Planning Coordinator Date l
. - Td
~' '. -A EPP-10 -18 May 1983 ~
- i. - . _ _ _ _ _ _ .. .
EPP-10, FIGURE 6 ( NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT ' Checklist Alternate Emergency Operations Facility Emergency Kit Inventorv Kit Location Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date Downwind Survey Kit
', 1. Emergency Survey Bindar - 1 i to include:
- a. EPP-6, In-Plant Emergency i Surveys - 1 Rev:
4
- b. EPP-7, Downwind Radiol-ogical Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- c. EPP-12, Re-entry Procedure - 1 Rev:
- d. EPP-16, Environmental Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- e. EPP-24, Nuclear Trans-portation Accidents - 1 Rev:
- f. EPP-6/7/12, Fig. 1, In-Plant /
g Downwind / Reentry Survey Log s -10 Rev:
- g. Station Floor Plans - 1 Rev:
- h. On-Site Map - 3 Rev:
- 1. Off-Site Map - 3 Rev:
- j. Oswego County Map - 1 Rev:
- k. N1-PSP-ll, High Activity Drywell Atmos. Samp. and Analysis - 1 Rev:
- 1. N1-PSP-12, Interia Proc.
High Rng.Stk. Noble Gas Rel. Rate Mon. - 1 Rev:
- a. N1-PSP-13, Sampling High Act, Rx Water 277' Turbine - 1 Rev:
- n. S-CAP-60, Dilution of Liquid & Gas Samples of High Activity - 1 Rev:
- o. EPP-11, Attachment 1, Telephone List - 1 Rev:
- 2. Clip Board - 1
- 3. Pad, Pens - 2, 3
- 4. Count Rate Meter - 1 Model 4: Due Date:
l GM/HP-210 Probe, (0-50k CPM) Resp. Ck: S. Dose Rate' Meter - 1 Model 7: Due Date: Ion Chamber, (0-5R/Hr) Resp. Ck:
- 6. Coveralls - 2
- 7. Rainsuits - 2
- 8. Snowmobile suits - 2 -
v7 i EPP-10 -19 May 1983 ~ ~# l t ,_ _ _ , _ - _ _ , , , - - _ , - - - . ,.
- i. .
EPP-10, FIGURE 6 (Cont.) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist Alternate Emergency Operations Facility Emergency Kit Inventory Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Verified By Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 7. Boot covers - 2 pair
- 8. Rubber Boots - 2 pair
- 9. Rubber Gloves - 2 pair
- 10. Cotton Gloves - 2 pair
- u. Fun Face Resp. and voice Date Batt.
amplifier with Cartridges-2 Erp Date: Rep 1.: 9 Batt Due:
- 12. Spare Resp. Cartridges - 4 Exp Date:
- 13. Hood - 2
- 14. Tape - 2
- 15. Misc. plastic bags - 5
- 16. Silver Zeolite Cartridges - 12 Erp Date:
- 17. T_'DA Charcoal Cartridges - 12 Erp Date:
- 18. Fiberglass Air Filters,
,. 47 mm - 24
' 19. Petri Dishes '- 24
- 20. Air Samp. Co n. Env. - 24 21.**High Volume Air Sampler with spare fuse, DC-1 i: Due Date: 5 min run sat:
~ 22.High Volume Air Sampler with spara fuse, AC-1
#: Due Date: 5 min run sat:
j
- 23. Head for Sampler -1
- 24. Flashlights - 3 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 25. "D" Ce u Batteries - 6 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 26. Keys to Envir. Sta. - 1
- 27.
- Mobile Radio Tz/Rr Ck:
(High Band) - 1 # 9
- 28. Atomic Wipes - 12
- 29. Atomic Smears - 50
- 30. Watch -1
- 31. KI tablets - 1 bottle Erp Date:
with instructions and issue sheet
- 32. Dfmes - 25
- 33. Mass 11n cloth - 20
- 34. Dosimeters (0-5 R)-2 Zero OK: Cal Due Date:
- 35. Dosimeter charger - 1 Date Batt Repl:
3att Due: '
~
y ( EPP-10 -20 May 1983 M i
- _ . _ _ , _ , _ _ . _ . - ~ . - _ _ _ _ _ _ , _ , _ . _ _ _ _ , _ _ . _ . _ . . . ..__ _ , __ -
- s. . . . . . . . . ..
EPP-10, FIGURE 6 (Cont.) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist Alternate Emergency Ooerations Pacility Emergency Kit Inventory Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date Downwind Survey Kit (Cont.)
- 36. Check Source - 1 Ser #
- 37. Extension Cord - 1
- 38. (Misc)
- 39. (Misc) 9-
- 40. (Misc)
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE t
~
- State whether test message is Sat or Unsat.
** Perform with vehicle operating.
l EPP-10 -21 May 198; . .~ m I t
, ,. JA-
' ^ ^
EPP-10, FIGURE 6 (Cont.) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT-Checklist Alternate Emergency Operations Facility Emergency Kit Inventorv Kit Location Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date Re-entry Survey Kit - 1
- 1. Emergency Survey Binder - 1 i a. EPP-6, In-Plant Emergency Surveys - 1 Rev:
- b. EPP-7, Downwind Radiol-ogical Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- c. EPP-12, Re-entry Procedure - 1 Rev:
- d. EPP-16, Environmental Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- e. EPP-24, Nuclear T'rans-portation Accidents - 1 Rev:
i
- f. EPP-6/7/12, Fig. 1, In-Plant /
l Dow:r. rind / Reentry Survey Log
- 10 Rev:
(_'~
- g. Station Floor Plants - 1 Rev:
- h. On-Site Map - 3 Rev:
l 1. Off-Site Map - 3 Rev: ! j. Oswego County Map - 1 Rev:
- k. N1-PSP-11, High Activity Drywell itmos. Samp. and Analysis - 1 Rev: ~
- 1. N1-PSP-12 Interim Proc.
High Rug.Stk. Noble Gas Rel. Rato Mon. - 1 Rev:
- m. N1-PSP-13, Sampling High Act, Rx Water 277' Turbine - 1 Rev:
l n. S-CAP-60, Dilution of Liquid & Gas Samples of High Activity Rev:
- o. EPP-11, Attachment 1, Telephone List - 1 Rev:
- 2. Clip Board - 1
- 3. Pad, Pens - 2, 3
- 4. Count Rate Meter - 1 Model F: Due Date:
GM/HP-210 Probe, (0-50k CPM) Resp. Ck:
- 5. Dose Rate Meter - 1 Model F: Due Date:
Icn Chamber, (0-SR/Hr) Resp. Ck:
- 6. Coveralls - 2
- 7. Rainsults - 2
- ZPP-10 -22 May 1983
-y
~M
f1. . EPP-10, FIGURE 6 (Cont.) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist Alternate Emergency Operations Facility Emergency Kit Inventory Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Sianature/Date Re-entry Survey Kit (Cont.)
- 7. Boot Covers - 2 pair
- 8. Rubber Boots - 2 pair
- 9. Rubber Gloves - 2 pair -
- 10. Cotton Gloves - 2 pair
- 11. Full Face Resp. and voice Data Batt. 9 amplifier with Cartridges-2 Exp Date Repl:
Bart Due:
- 12. Spare Resp. Cartridges - 4 Frp Date:
- 13. Hood - 2
- 14. Tape - 2
- 15. Misc. plastic bags - 5
- 16. Silver Zeolite Cartridges - 12 Ero Date:
l 17. TEDA Charcoal L Cartridges - 12 Exp Date:
- 18. Fiberglass Air' Filters, 47 mm - 24 i
- 19. Petri Dishes - 24
- 20. Air Samp. Coll. Env. - 24 -
21.**High Volume Air Sampler with spare fuse, DC-1
#: Due Date: 5 min run sat:
- 22. Head for Sampler - 1
- 23. Flashlights - 3 Data Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 24. "D" Cell Batteries - 6 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 25. Keys to Envir. Sta. - 1
- 26. *Portamobile Radio (High Band) - 1 # Tz/Rx Ck:
- 27. Atomic Wipes - 12 9
- 28. Atomic Smears - 50
- 29. Scott Pak II - 1
- 30. Scott Pak II - 1
- 31. Spare Air Cylinder - 1
- 32. Spare Air Cylinder - 1
- 33. High Range Dose Rate Meter - 1 Model #: Due Date*
CM (0-1000R/Hr) Resp. Ck: ! l
- 34. Watch - 1 !
- 35. Masslin cloth - 20
, .- g-
; cEPP-10 -23 May 1983 -i
- s. -
l . . l EPP-10, Figure 6 (Cont.) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
, Checklist Alternate Emergency Operations Facility Emergency Kit Inventory Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date Re-Entry Survey Kit (Cont.)
- 36. Dimes - 25
- 37. KI tablets - 1 bottle Exp Date:
with instructions and issue sheet
- 38. Dosimeters (0-5 R)-2 Zero OK Due Date
- 39. Dosimeter Charger - 1 Date Batt Repl:
- 40. Extension Cord - 1 9
- 41. (Misc)
- 42. (Misc)
- 43. (Misc) i ITEMS RISOLVED BY/DATE
- State whether test message is Sat or Unsat.
** Perform with vehicle operating.
i
-y EPP-10 -24 May 1983
- i "~;
_ _ . , , ,,-y ..y------r---- - = - , - - - -
EPP-10, FIGURE 6 (Cont.) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist
- Alternate Emergency Operations Facility Emergency Kit Inventory Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date Decontamination and Misc. Supplies
- 1. Paper Bath Towels - 25
- 2. Paper Hand Towels - 2 pkgs
- 3. Disposable Plastic Gloves
- 1 box
- 4. Assorted Plastic Bags
- 5. Disposable Covers us -
1 box
- 6. Plastic Boccies - 100
- 7. Antiseptic soap - U tr.
bottle
- 8. Pren shampoo-3/60 al.
bottiss
- 9. Alconor - 1 liter bottle
- 10. Tide - 1 20 oz. box
- 11. Rad. Con - 2 cans
- 12. Cotton Tip Swabs - 100
- 13. Surgical Scrub Brushes - 10
- 14. 150 ml Beakers - 6
- 15. Masking Tape - 2 rolls
- 16. Grey Duct Tape - 1 ro n
- 17. Stepoff Pads - 4
- 18. YeMow & Magenta Rope '50 ft.
- 19. Assorted Radiation /
Contamination Tags
- 20. Dosimeters (0-500 mR)-6 Cal.
Zero Ok: Due Date
- 21. Dosimeter Charger - 1 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 22. Count Rate Meter - 1 Cal.
GM/HP-210 Probe, (0-50k CPM) Model #: Due Date Resp Ck:
- 23. Sample Envelopes - 12 l
- 24. Lanolin - 1 bottle
- 25. Decon Liquid Waste Receptacle - 1 j 26. Bandage Scissors - 1 l
- 27. Mass 11n Cloth - 20 '
- 28. Soap Bars - 10
- 29. (Misc.)
- 30. (Misc.)
- 31. (Misc.)
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE _ T a, EmergencyPimE'ingCoordinator Date ' -A, EPP-10 -25 May 1983
I . .. . . . _ _ . l EPP-10, FIGURE 7 , NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Cheeklist Oswego Hospital Nuclesr Emergency Cabinet Inventory Cabinet Location Verified By Ites/ Equipment-Min. Quant.ity Serial #/ Remarks Signature Date
- 1. Respirators with Cartridges - 6 Exp Date:
- 2. Masking Tape-2" - 10 rolls
- 3. Latez Industrial Gloves - 10 pr.
- 4. Step-Off Pads - 2
- 5. Assorted Plastic Bags
- 6. Disposable Isolation Gowns - 20
- 7. Disposable Gloves - 20
- 8. Disposable Face Masks - 20
- 9. Disposable Aprons - 20
- 10. Disposable Booties - 10 pr. __
- 11. Disposable Hats - 10
- 12. Radiation Signs - 10
- 13. Detergent - 1 Box l 14. Yellow & Magenta Rope (2 25' & 1-50') - 3
__' ~ 15. Radiation Tags (Tie) - 20
- 16. Raiiation Tags (Adhesive) - 20
- 17. Plastic Trash Eags -15
- 18. RMC Radiation Accident Procedure Poster - 1
- 19. RKC Sample Taking Kit - 1
- 20. Atomic Smears - 50
- 21. The Oswego Hospital Plan for the Decontamination and Treatment of the Radioactively Contaminmted Patient Rev:
- 22. Protective Clothing Kita - 10 Each to include:
- a. Disposable Isolation Gown-1
- b. Disposable Gloves - 1 pr.
- c. Disposable Face Mask - 1
- d. Disposable Apron - 1
- e. Disposable Bootles - 1 pr.
- f. Disposable Hat - 1
~
- g. Film Badge - 1 Dated:
l h. Finger Ring Film Badges - 2 Dated:
- 1. Self-Reading Dosimeter (0-500aR)-1 Zero OK: Due Date:
- 23. ftif-Raading Dosiner.ers (0-11)-5 ::ero OK: Due Date:
- 24. Ator.ic Wipes - 50
~_g
..T
~
*. EPP-10 -26 May 1983 ~
l [
L .. . . EPP-10, FIGURE 7 (Cont.) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT' Checklist Osweto Hospital Nuclear Emergency Cabinet Inventory Verified By Ites/ Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 25. Dosiaster Charger Date Batt. Rep 1.
Batt. Due:
- 26. Count Rate Meter - 1 Model f: Due Date:
HP-210 Probe, 0-50k CPM Resp. Ck:
- 27. Dose Rate Meter - 1 Model ~
#: Due Date:
Ion Chamber, 0-5R/Hr Resp. Ck: 28, 12' Extension Cord - 1
- 29. Check Source - 1
- 30. RMC Deconem=4 nation Kit - 1
- 31. Hose and Nozzle for Decontamination Table Top - 1
- 32. Portable Stanchion - 1 _.
- 33. Pre-cut Yellow Herculite - 6
- 34. Pre-Cut White ,
Herculite - 2 7 35. Pre-Cut Green (' Herculite - 2
- 36. (Misc)
- 37. (Misc)
- 38. (Misc)
Outside Cabinet
- 39. Yellow Trash / Water Receptacles - 2
- 40. Movable Base for Trash Receptacles - 2
- 41. Lead Pig - 1
- 42. RMC Decontamination -
Table Top - 1
- 43. Solid Radioactive Waste Boxes - 4
- 44. Doorway Barrier - 2 ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE Emergency Planning Coordinator Date
.~
- 7, i EPP-10 -27 May 1983 ~~ #
[
- 1.
t EPP-10, FIGURE 8 I NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist - 9 In-plant Survey Kit Inventorv 1/2 Kit Location Verified By Item /Eauipment-Min. Quantity Serial f/ Remarks Sianature/Date
- 1. Emergency Survey Binder - 1
- a. EPP-6, In-Plant Emergency Surveys - 1 Rev:
- b. EPP-7, Downwind Radiol-ogical Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- c. EPP-12, Re-entry Procedure - 1 Rev:
- d. EPP-16, Environmental Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- e. EPP-24, Nuclear Trans-portation Accidents - 1 Rev:
- f. EPP-6/7/12, Fig. 1. In-Plant /
Downwind / Reentry Survey Log - 10 Rev
- 3. Station Floor Plans - 1 Rev:
- h. On-Site Map - 3 Rev:
- 1. Off-Site Map - 3 Rev
- j. Oswego County Map - 1 Rev:
- k. N1-PSP-11. High Activity Drywell Atmos. Samp and _~ ~
Analysis - 1 Rev:
- 1. N1-PSP-12, Intaria Proc.
- High Rng.Stk. Noble Gas
- Rel. Rate Mon. - 1 Rev:
- a. N1-PSP-13, Sampling High Act, Ex Water 277' .
Turbine,- 1 Rev:
- u. S-CAP-60, Dilution of Liquid & Gas Samples of High Activity - 1 Rev:
- o. EPP-11, Attachment 1,
, Telephons List - 1 Rev:
. e
,'~
z-s -
.j r . .
K i .3 ', s t
+
, f ,
M P ra ' _. T *-' , si"' N. - EPP.-10 -28 May 1983 [- g
^
s' ,. _ ' ~ i aaY ), sh
%s F
~
...,,..y ---,-...w. -,w,- . _ . - - . , - - , , , , - ---,wy* >--t w- 9~w-- e--ow-se' ------e- '
----rT- wv-- - - - - -
- 1. . .
EPP-10, FIGURE 8 (Cont.) NMP DERGENCY EQUIPMJNT Checklist 9 Inplant Survey Kit Inventory - 1/2 Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity _ Serial f/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 2. Clip Board - 1
- 3. Pad, Pens - 2, 3
- 4. Count Rate Meter - 1 Model #: Due Date:
GM/HP-210 Probe, (0-50k CPM) Resp. Ck:
- 5. Dose Rate Meter - 1 Model #: Due Date:
Ion Chamber, (0-5R/Hr) Resp. Cks
- 6. Coveralls - 4
- 7. Boot Covers - 4 pair
- 8. Rubber Boots - 4 pair
- 9. Rubber Gloves - 4 pair
- 10. Cotton Gloves - 4 pair
- 11. Full Face Resp. and voice anplifier with Cartridges - 4 Exp Date: _ Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due :
- 12. Spare Resp. Cartridges - 4 Exp Date:
- 13. Hood - 4
- 14. Tape - 4
- 15. Misc. plastic bags - 5
- 16. Silver Zeolite Cartridges - 12 Exp Date:
- 17. TEDA Charcoal Cartridges - 12 Erp Date:
i 18. Fiberglass Air Filters, 47 mm - 24
- 19. Air Samp. Coll. Env. - 24 l 20. Petri Dishes - 24 l 21. Secct Pak II - 1 (A Only) l 22. Scott Pak II - 1 (A Only)
- 23. Spare Air Cylinder - 1 1
( A Only)
- 24. Spare Air Cylinder - 1 (A Only)
, 25. High Range Dose Rate Model #: Due Date: l GM(0-1000R/Hr) Meter (A Only) Reso Ck:
- 26. Dosimeters, (0 toSR)-5 Zero ok: Cal Due Date:
- 27. Donimeters (0-50R)-5 Zero Ok: Cal Due Date:
- 28. Dosimeter Charger - 1 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 29. High Volume Air Sampler with spare fuse, AC - 1
# 5 min run sat: Due Date:
- 30. Filter Head for Sampler - 1
- 31. Atomic Wipes - 25
- 32. Atomic Smears - 50 EPP-10 -29 May 1983 7
~ ~~
T ' C ': 7 ~ . -
. . Y EPP-10, FIGURE 8 (Cont.)
NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Chicklist I_r g plant Survey Kit Inventory '1/2 g Verified By Item /Eeuipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 33. (High Band) - 1 # Trans/ Rec:
- 34. Masslin cloth - 20
- 35. Yellow and Magenta Rope 50 ft. - 4
- 36. Assorted Radiation /
Contamination Tags
- 37. KI tablets - 1 bottle Exp Date:
with instructions and issue sheet
- 38. Flashlights - 4 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 39. "D" Cell Batteries - 8 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 40. Extension Cord - 1
- 41. Cart with basket - 1 l 42. Check Source - 1 l 43. Mag. Mount Antenna -1 Ser #
- 44. (Misc) s 45. (Misc)
- 46. (Misc)
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE l t
- State whether test message is Sat or Unsat l
Emergency Planning Coordinator Date EP.P-10 -30 May 1983
? [ v{
L
l ; ' l l l .- ; EPP-10, FIGURE 9 i (- . NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT ' Checklist . I Contaminated Patient Carrier Inventory Kit Location Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Verified By Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date l 1. Stretcher -1
- 2. Disposable Blankets - 2 .-
- 3. Blower - 1
- 4. Filter Unit - 1
- 5. Rubber Gloves - 6
- 6. Decon. Fluid container - 1
- 7. Cover Seal
- 8. Coveralls - 4
- 9. Skin Decontamination Record - 2
- 10. Cotton Booties - 4
- 11. Cotten Gloves - 4
- 12. Masking Tape 2" - 2 rolls *
- 13. (Misc)
. 14. (Misc)
- 15. (Misc)
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE Emergency Planning Coordinator Date i i EPP-10 -31 May 1983
-m
~d
-,.~,n., , . , . , _ . . - , . , . , , . , . , - , _ , _ _ , . . _ _ . . . - ._. .-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _
- 1. . .. .. -. - - - - - -
EPP-10, FIGURE 10 C- . NMP EMERGENCY EQUIP)ENT CHECKLIST f FIRST AID SUPPLIES I. First Aid Room Supply Inventory Ver4fied By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial No./ Remarks Signature /Date
- 1. Non-Allergic Adehsive Tape 2" x 10 yes - 6
- 2. Non-Allergic Adhesive Tape t 1" x 10 yes - 6
- 3. Plastic Splint Kit - 1
- 4. Scissors - Bandage Type 5 1/2" - 2
- 5. Forcepts 3 1/2" Celia Type-2
- 6. Stretcher - Collapsible Type - 1
- 7. Stretcher - Stokes Splint -1
- 8. Applicators-Cotton Wound-100
- 9. Blanket - 60"x90" - 4
- 10. 31ankats-Disposable 60"z84"
- 24 ' -
- 11. First Aid Kit - 36 Unit - 1
- 12. Resusitator/Tnhalator -
i Size D Cylinder-Complete i Portable Unit - 1
- 13. Medical Oxygen-D Cylinder and Contents - 3
- 14. Magnifying Lamp - Floor l Stand - 1 l 15. Antiseptic Soap -
) Concantrated - 1 "
- 16. Assorted size padded board 1
spints - 6
- 17. Adult Nasal carnulas - 10
- 18. Adult partial rebreather masks - 10
- 19. Disposal towels - 20
- 20. Metal emesis basins - 2
- 21. Metal sponge bevis - 2
- 22. 4" x 4" sterile topper sponges i
with accessories - 4 boxes
- 23. 2" x 2" sterile topper sponges with accessories - 4 boxes
- 24. Suripada (sterile) 3"z9" - 3 boxes
- 25. Telfa pads - 2 boxes
- 26. Sterile oval eye pads-2 boxes y
- i EPP-10 -32 May 1983 '~ #
i . . _.. . . . iS i EPP-10, FIGURE 10 (Continued) - NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST , FIRST AID SUPPLIES I. First Aid Room Supply Inventory Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Ouantity Serial No./ Remarks Signature /Date 1 l 27. Multiple trauma dressings ! (sterile) - 20 l- 28. 6" sterile Kling - 6 bags
- 29. 4" sterile Kling - 6 bags
- 30. 3" sterile Kling - 6 bags _
- 31. 2" sterile Kling - 6 bags
- 32. 1" sterile Kling - 6 bags
- 33. Vaseline gauge pads - 1 box
- 34. Instant cold packs (medium)-20
- 35. Germicidal room deodorizer -1
- 36. Small drinking cups- 1 pkg.
- 37. 1000 ce bottles normal smiine for irrigation - 6
- 38. Large burn sheets - 6
- 39. Small burn sheets - 6
- 40. Vinegar - 2 gallons
- 41. Ralrf ng Soda - 2 boxes _
- 42. Extra Large handmids - 1 box
- 43. 3/4" x 3" bandaids - 1 box
- 44. 3/4" x 3/8" bandaid butterfly closures - 1 box
- 45. 3/4" x 1/2" bandaid butterly closures - 1 box .
- 46. Ammonia rah =1=ats - 1 box
- 47. Penlight - 1 box (6)
- 48. Plastic squeeze bottles (1 quart capacity) - 2
- 49. Betadine Solution - 1 gal.
- 50. Rubbing Alcohol - 2 bottles
- 51. C11pboards - 2
- 52. Pens - 6
- 53. Run Sheets - 1 pkg(200)
- 54. Disposable Exam gowns - 100
- 55. Exam Table - 1
- 56. Metal Treatment chair - 1
- 57. Table (rnetal) - 1
- 58. Chair - 1
- 59. Paper for treatment table -
. 2 rolls
- 60. A.Leohol prep packs - 1 box
- 61. Betadine swabs - 1 box a
q EPP-10 -33 May 1983 7
-f
>L .. _. . . . . .- EPP-10, FIGURE 10 (Continued) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST FIRST AID SUPPLIES I. First Aid Room Supply Inventory Verified By Iten/ Equipment-Min. Ouantity Serial No./ Remarks Signature /Date
- 62. (Misc.)
- 63. (Misc.)
- 64. (Misc.)
- 65. (Misc.)
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE EMT Instructor Date: l l - Emergency Planning Coordinator Date: l l
- TM
~
'. . -s*
EPP-10 -34 May 1983
- . . . - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ - - ~ . . _ _ . . . - _ . , _- . _ . _ _ _ _ . _ _ . _ . . _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - . _ _ _ . - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . - , . _ . . - - . . - , . . . . ,
- i. ._. .... .- -
l g EPP-10, FIGURE 10 (Cont.) !
\
NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST II. Basic First Aid Kit Supoly Inventory Location Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks - Signature /Date
- 1. Multi-Truma Dressing - 6
- 2. Topper Sponges (Sterile) 4"z4"
- 10
- 3. Instant Ice Bag - 2
- 4. Suripads (Sterile) -
5" x 9" - 10
- 5. Non-Allergic Adhesive Tape i 1"x 10 yds - 2
- 6. Triangular Bandage - 7 -
- 7. Bandage Scissors - 1
- 8. Disposable Plastic Gloves -
2 pt - i
- 9. Plastic Booties - 2 pr
- 10. Cotton Gloves - 1 pr
- 11. Hon-allergic adhesive tape 2" - 2
- 12. 6* Kling (sterile) - 3
. 13. 3" Kling (sterile) - 3
- 14. Extra large bandaids - 10
- 15. Regular bandaids - 10
- 16. Oval eye pads (sterile)
- 17. Telfa pads 2" x 3" - 6
- 18. Sterile cotton tipped applicators - 6
- 19. Coban bandages 2" x 5 yds-2
- 20. Adult nasal cannulas - 1
- 21. Adult partial rebraather masks - 1
- 22. Assorted size padded board splints - 3
- 23. Pen - 1
- 24. Run Sheets - 6
- 25. (Misc)
- 26. (Misc)
- 27. (Misc)
- 28. (Misc) l ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE EMI Instructor Date Emergency Planning Coordinator Date
' w)
'. 4,
~
EPP-10 -35 May 1983
- l
- 1. . _ . _ . . . . ._
EPP-10, FIGURE 10 (Cont.) ' NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST III. Trauma Kit Supply Inventory Location Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial f/ Remarks Signature /Date r 1. Stop watch - 1 l 2. Pen 11ghts - 2
- 3. -4" x 4" sterile gauge pads-10
- 4. 3"x5 yds. sterile Kling bandage
- 5. 6" x 5 yds. sterile Kling i
bandage - 4
- 6. Quick ice packs - 2
- 7. Ammonia inh =1=ats - 10
- 8. Tube Instant, Glucose
- 9. Adult oralo airways - 2 *
! 10. Sterile Oval eyepads - 6 l 11. Large disposable burn sheet-1
- 12. Small disposable burn sheet-4
- 13. 1000 cc bottle normal saline for irrigation -1
- 14. Multiple trauma dressings - 4
- 15. Bandage scissors - 1 pr.
- 16. Stechescope - 1*
- 17. Blood pressure cuff - 1*
- 18. Alcohol prep packs - 1 box
- 19. Betadine prep packs - 1 box i 20. 1" non-allergic tape-2 rolls
- 21. 2" non-allergic tape-2 rolls
- 22. Adult size asber bag with masks - 1*
- 23. Oxygen connecting tubing -1
- 24. (Small, medium, large) Ferno Washington Extrication Collars - lea.*
- 25. Adult Nasal t' man"1=s - 2
- 26. Adult partial rebreather masks - 2
- 27. 3"x12" padded board splints-2
- 28. Wire ladder splint - 1 l 29. Pan - 1 j 30. Run Sheets - 6 1
- 31. Torque blades - 5
- 32. Cotton tipped applicators
] (sterile) - 12 i
- 33. Betadine ointment - 1 tube
- 34. Vaseline gauze - 2 pkg.
] EPP-10 -36 May 1983
i
-s .. .
l
< EPP-10, FIGURE 10 (Cont.)
( NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST III. Trauma Kit Supply Inventory Location Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial f/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 35. Triangular bandages - 4
- 36. Bacitracin ointment - 1 tube
- 37. Misc.
- 38. Misc.
- 39. Misc. _
- 40. Misc.
i ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE EMT Instructor Date: Emergency Planning Coordinator Date: l
- .- g a ;
' EPP-10 -37 May 1983 ./'.
L. ._. . - - -- EPP-10, FIGURE 11 , NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST Security Building Emergency Kit Inventory Kit Location Verified By i Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date i
- 1. Full Face Resp. with _
Cartridges - 8 Exp Date:
- 2. Spare Rasp. Cartridge - 8 Exp Date:
- 3. Coveralls - 8
- 4. Booties - 8
- 5. Hoods - 8
- 6. Cloth Gloves - 8 pr.
- 7. Rubbers - 8 pr.
- 8. Masking Tape, 2" - 1 roll
- 9. Scott Pak II - 1
- 10. Scott Pak II - 1 j 11. Scott Pak II - 1
- 12. Scott Pak II - 1
- 13. Scott Pak II - 1
( 14. Spare Air Cylinder - 1 (. 15. Spare Air Cylinder - 1
- 16. Spare Air Cylinder - 1
- 17. Spare Air Cylinder - 1 ,,
- 18. Spare Air Cylinder - 1 '
- 19. (Misc)
- 20. (Misc)
- 21. (Misc)
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE Emergency Planning Coordinator Date j
- b EPP-10 -38 May 1983 '
l. L . - _ .I EPP-10, FIGURE 12 - NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist l Control Room Emergency Procedures Checklists Bins
. I. S.S.S. Emergency Procedures Checklists Verified By Figure #/ Title / Min. Quantity Rev #/Date Signature /Date
- 1. EAP-1, Figure 1 Activaton of Emergency Plan SSS Checklist
- 2. EAP-1, Figure 2 Emergency Director Checklist -
At TSC l 3. EAP-2, Figure 4.1 Action Level Criteria for I Classifiation of Emergency ' Conditions
- 4. EPP-13, Figure 8 Emergency Response / Recovery Action Log
( 5. EPP-24, Figure 2 Nuclear Transportation Accident Control Room Checklist
- 6. EPP-24, Figure 1 Nuclear Transportation Accident Report Form
- - ~
l
- i MP'3 "2
EPP-10 -39 May 1983
, . - _ . _ . - , , _ . _ , _ _ _ ~ _ . _ _ _ . , , - _ . _ . . _ - - . . - . . . . _ . , _ _ _ - - - . . _ - _ . _ , . - , , _ _ _ , , . , _ _ _ . . . . _ _ . _ _ _ _ , _ _ . - , . . . , , . _ . - _ . . _ , .
L. . ... . _ . . ._ . - - - - - - - j- EPP-10, FIGURI 12 - ( (Continued) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIP.1!:NT Cheeklist Control Room Emergency Procedures Checklist Bins II. CSO Emersency Procedures Checklists Verified By Figure #/ Title / Min. Quantity Rev #/Date Signature /Date
- 1. EPP-1, Figure 1 High Radiation /High Airborne .
Activity Local Area-CSO Checklist i 2. EPP-1, Figure 2 High Airborne Activity /High ' Radiation General Area-CSO Checklist
- 3. EPP-2, Figure 1 Fire Fighting Checklist (Control Room /CS0)
- 4. EPP-2, Figure 1 Search cad Rescue CSO Checklist f- 5. EPP-4, Figure 1 personnel Illness or l
contaminated injury - l CSO checklist
- 6. EPP-24, Figure 2 l
Nuclear Transportation Accident-Control Room Checklist (SSS or CS0)
- 7. EPP-2, Figure 3 Fire Fighting Checklist (Chea and Rad. Mgt. Dept.)
I l l
. - ... W
; Y ^
EPP-10 -40 May 1983 l l \ . _ _ _ - . _ -. .- _ - - . - - - - . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---
E L.... _
/
, EPP-10, FIGURE 12 .
1 ( (Continued) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist Control Room Emergency Procedures Cheelr14st Bins III. Communications Aid Emergency Procedure Checklists s Verified By Figure #/ Title / Min. Quantity Rev #/ Data Signature /Date
- 1. EPP-20, Figure 1 Control Room Comm. and Emergency Notif. Checklist
- 2. EPP-20, Figure 4, Part I Notification Fact Sheet '
- 3. EPP-20, Figure 4, Part III Plant Parameter Fast Sheet
- 4. EPP-20, Figure 6 Emergency Contact List
- 5. EPP-11, Attachment 1 '
Emergency Telephone Numbers Items Resolved By/Date l Emergency Planning Coordinator Date l r
- 7..;
'EPP-10 -41 May 1983 l
. L. _ __ .. - - - - .
,- EPP-10, FIGURE 13 -
NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - Checklist Emergency Center Operations Kit Inventory Location Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 1. Pads of Paper - 18
- 2. Clip Boards - 12
- 3. Pena - 24
- 4. Message Forms - 200
! 5. Water Color Markers - 24 (*1, 2)
- 6. Area Radiation Monitor (*1, 2) - 1 '
# Due Date 10 min run sat:
- 7. Continuous Air Monitor (*1) - 1
# Due Date 10 min run sat:
- 8. ** Base Station - 1 Trans/ Rec Ck:
- 9. Closed Circuit TV (*1) - 1
[ (check focus, zoon & span) 10 min rus sat:
- 10. ** Data Terminals - Trans/ Rec Sat:
- 11. Meeharif cal P&ID Diag.
(*1, 2) - 1 g
- 12. Electrical Diag.
l (*1) - 1
- 13. Typer Paper -4
*1 - TSC Only
*2 - EOF (nearsite) only
*3 - EOF (alternate) only
** State whether test message (or command) is sat or unsat.
1
..---~g~
EPP-10 -42 May 1983
-.5
L _ . _ _ . . . _ . _ - i r EPP-10, FIGURE 13 (Cont.)' ( NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST Emernency Center Operations Kit Inventory Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 14. Step Off Pada (*2) - 4
- 15. Grey Tape (*2) - 2 rou s
- 16. Rad and Contam. tags (*2)-25 l 17. Yeu ow & Magenta rope (*2) -
50 ft. 3 18. Count Rate Meter (*2) - 1 Model # Due Date GM/HP-210 Probe, (0-50k CPM) Resp. Ck:
- 19. Film Badges (*1, 2)
- a. (*1) - 20 Dated:
- b. (*2) - 60 Dated:
- 20. Assignment Binders
- a. (*1, 3) - 12
- b. (*2) - 8
- 21. Coveraus (*1) - 20
- 22. Full Face Resp. and voice Date Batt.
! amplifier with 9 cannisters (*1) - 20 Erp. Date: Repl: Batt Due:
- 23. Rubber Shoe Covers (*1) - 20pr
- 24. Cotton Boot Covers (*1) - 20pr
- 25. Cotton Hoods (*1) - 20
- 26. Cotton Gloves (*1) - 20pr
- 27. Masking Tape 2" (*1) - 10rous
- 29. Flashlights (*1) - 20 Date Bett Repl:
Batt Due:
- 30. "D" Can Batteries (*1) - 20 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due: ! 31. Calculators (*1) - 3 Date Batt Repl: I Batt Due:
- 32. Maps with overlays (*1, 2)
- a. 50 mile radius - 1
) b. 10 mile radius - 1 l 33. Tape Recorder - 1 (*1) Date Batt Repl: Batt Due:
- 34. Cassette Tapes - 3 (al)
- 35. Pump curves (*1) - 1
- 36. Vessel Drawings (*1) - 1
- 37. Outside contact list (*1) -1
*1 - TSC Only
*2 - EOF (nearsite) only
*3 - EOF (alternate) only
** State whether test message (or command) is sat or unsat.
.--g u . <..
EPP-10 -43 May 1983
._ .-__. _. , _ . . _ .,___._.m. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , _ . . _ _ . _ _ - _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ . . _
,t .. . . _ . . _ . .._ _- ---- -
EPP-10, FIGURE 13 (Cont.)' NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT ' Checklist Emeraency Center Operations Kit Inventorv Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial f/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 36. Emergency Center Operations Manuals a) NMPNS Oper. Proc. (*1,2) - 7 Vol.
Copy # b) NMPNS Special Oper Proc. (*1,2) - 1 Copy # c) NMPNS Site Emerg. Plan (Vol. 1&2) - 1 Copy #
- d) NMPNS Chemistry &
Rad Prot Manuals (*1,2) - 4 Vol. ! Copy # e) NMPNS Administration Procedures (*1) - 1 Copy i , f) Instrument Maintenance ! Procedures (*1) - 1 Copy # - g) Preventive Maintenance Procedures (*1) - 1 , Cgy i i h) Maintenance Procedures (*1) - 2 Vol. [- Copy #
- 1) Instrument Surveillance Procedures (*1) - 3 Vol.
I Copy # ! j) Reactor Analysis Procedures (al) - 3 Vol. Copy # k) In-Service Inspections Hydro Procedures (*1) - 1 Copy i
- 1) Fuel Hamtling Procedure (*1) - 1 Copy #
a) Fire Prevention Procedure (*1) - 1 Copy i n) Document Control Instructions (*1,2) - 1 Copy i
*1 - TSC Only
*2 - EOF (nearsite) Only -
*3 - EOF.(alternate) Only EPP-10 -44 May 1983 l
- . - - - - - - - - . ,, , . , , . - . . , . - . - . , . - _ , . . _ - , ,---._.,n.,, -
_ , , , , - , . _ , -_.,,-,._.,--,n, - - - . . - - . , - , - , - - - . , - , - -a,-- -- , - .- -
L, ._ _ . _ . . . - . . . - . - 8 f I l 1 EPP-10, FIGURE 13 (Cont.).
'_j NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT
- i Checklist' i
Emergency Canter Operations Kit Inventory Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 36. o) Office Instrue. (*1) - 1 Copy # -
p) Site Standing Orders (*1) - 1 Copy # q) Users Guide Equipment History & Status system (*1) - 1 Copy # r) NMPNS Technical Specifications (*1,2) - 3 Vol. Copy #_ g s) NMPNS FSAR.& Supplements (*1,2) - Copy # t) Waste Hamtling Procedures (*1) - 1 ,- Copy # i u) Welding Procedures (*1) - 1 Copy # v) Instrument Maintenance Procedures-Test Equipment Calibration (*1) - 1 Copy # w) Surveillance Test Procedures (*1) - 2 Vol. Copy # ! x) Maintenance Surveillance Procedures (*1) - 1 l Copy # y) Instrument Calibration l Procedures (*1) - 1 i Cny # z) Oswego County Radiological Emerg. Response Plan & Procedures (Vol. 1 & 2) - 1
*1 - TSC Only
*2 - EOF (nearsite) Only
*3 - EOF (alternate) Only i
? -
* -- va 7 e s
~ EPP-10 -45 May 1983 l
EPP-10, FIGURE 13 (Cont.)' NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist Emergency Center Operations Kit Inventory Verified By Item /Eauipment-Min. Quantity Serial f/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 36. aa) New York State Radiological Emergency Preparedness Plan
& Procedures - 1 -
bb) Environmental Protection Manual of Protectiva Action Guides and Pro-tactive Actions for Nuclear Incidents -1 Copy # cc. Corporate Emergency Response / Recovery Plan Copy #
- 37. (Misc)
- 38. (Misc)
- 39. (Misc)
- 40. (Misc)
- 41. (Misc)
ITIMS RESci.VED BY/DATE Emergency Planning Coordinator Date l
~:P
~'
EPP-10 -46 May 1983 l -.
L __ . i EPP-10, FIGURE 14 ' NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT l Checklist Nearsite Emergency Operations Facility Emergency Survey Kit Inventory Kit Location Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks, Signature /Date
- 1. Emergency Survey Binder - 1
- a. EP2-6, In-Plant Emergency Surveys - 1 Rev:
.b. EPP-7, Downwind Radiol-ogical Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- c. EPP-12, Re-entry Procedure - 1 Rev:
- d. EPP-16, Environmental -
Monitoring - 1 Rev
- e. EPP-24, Nuclear Trans-portation Accidents - 1 Rev:
- f. EPP-6/7/12, Fig. 1, In-Plant /
Downwind / Reentry Survey Log
- 10 Rev:
- g. Station Floor Plans - 1 Rev:
- h. On-Site Map - 3 Rev:
- i. Off-Site Map - 3 Rev:
- j. Oswego County Map - 1 Rev:
- k. N1-PSP-11, High Activity Drywell Atmos. Samp. and Analysis - 1 Rev:
- 1. N1-PSP-12, Interim Proc.
High Rng.Stk. Noble Gas l Rel. Rate Mon. - 1 Rev
- a. N1-PSP-13, Sampling High Act, Rx Water 277' Turbine - 1 Rev:
- n. S-CAP-60,. Dilution of Liquid & Gas Samples of High Activity - 1 Rev:
- o. EPP-ll, Attachment 1, Telephone List - 1 Rev:
- 2. Clip Board - 1
- 3. Pad, Pens - 2, 3
- 4. Count Rate Meter - 1 Model F: Due Date:
GM/HP-210 Probe, (0-50k CPM) Resp. Ck:
- 5. Dose Rate Meter - 1 Model #: Due Date:
Ion Chamber, (0-SR/Hr) Resp. Ck:
- 6. Coveralls - 2 pair
- 7. Rainsuits - 2
- 8. Boot Covers - 2 pair
- 9. Rubber Boots - 2 pair
.g
~.A.
EPP-10 -47 May 1983
- g. ._
t
\
EPP-10, FIGURE 14 (Tout.) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT i Checklist Nearsite Emergency Operations Facility Emergency Kit Inventory Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 3. Rubber Gloves - 2 pair j 10. Cotton Gloves - 2 pair l 11. Full Face Resp. and voice 9
! amplifier with Date Batt Cartridges - 2 Erp Date: Repl: Batt Due:
- 12. Spara Resp. Cartridges - 4 Exp Date:
- 13. Hood - 2 l 14. Tape - 2 l 15. Misc. plastic bags - 5
- 16. Silver Zeolite Cartridges - 12 Exp Date:
- 17. TEDA Charcoal
, Cartridges - 12 Erp Date:
- 18. Fiberglass Air Filters, l 47 mm - 24
- 19. Air Samp. Coll. Env. - 24 f
- 20. Petri Dishes - 24
- 21. High Volume Air Sampler with spare fuse, AC-1
#: Due Date: 5 min run sat:
- 22. **High Volume Air Sampler with spare fuse, DC-1 .
~
f: Due Date: 5 min run sat:
- 23. Head for Samplers - 1
- 24. Flashlights - 3 Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 25. "D" Cell Batteries .6 Date Batt Repl:
~ Batt Due:
- 26. Kays to Envir. St. - 1
- 27. *Portamobile Radio (High Band) - 1 i Trans/ Rec Ck: '
- 28. Scott Pak II - 1
- 29. Scott Pak II - 1 l 30. Spare Air Cylinder l 31. Spare Air Cylinder
! 32. Atomic Wipes - 25
- 33. Atomic Smears - 50
- 34. Dosimeters 0-5R - 10 Zero ok: Cal Due Date
- 35. Dosimeter Charger - 1 {
Date Batt Repl: j Batt Due: ;
- 36. Mass 11n cloth - 20 '
- 37. KI Tablets - 1 bottle Ero Date:
with instructions and issue sheet _ g
-M
_ t. EPP-10 -48 May 1983
EPP-10, FIGURE 14 (Cont.) , NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - Checklist Nearsite Emersency Operations Facility Emergency Kit Inventorv i Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial J/ Remarks Sianature Date
- 38. Dimes - 25 -
- 39. Watch - 1
- 40. Check Source - 1 Ser. #
- 41. Extsusion Cord - 1
- 42. (Misc) g
- 43. (Misc) 44 (Misc) _
~ '
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE ~~ ~
- State whether test message is Sat or Unsat
{ ** Perform with vehicle operating Emergency Planning Coordinator Date m
' EPP-10 -49 May 1983 '$
- t. .. . .- . . . - . . . . - -
EPP-10, FIGURE 15 ' ['" NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Cheeklist
. Emergency Vehicles Inventory I. Chem & Rad Mat. Oncall Emergency Vehicle Kit Location Verified By Item / Equipment- Min. Quantity Serial f/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 1. Emergency Survey Binder - 1
- a. EPP-6, In-Plant Emergency Surveys - 1 Rev:
- b. EPP-7, Downwind Radiol-ogical Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- c. EPP-12, Re-entry Procedure - 1 _ev:
R
- d. EPP-16, Environmental Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- e. EPP-24, Nuclear Trans-portation Accidents - 1 Rev:
- f. 3PP-6/7/12, Fig. 1, In-Plant /
Downwind / Reentry Survey Log
- 10 Rev:
( s
- g. Station Floor Plans - 1
- h. On-Site Map - 3 Rev:
Rev:
- 1. Off-Site Map - 3 Rev:
- j. Oswego County Map Rev:
- k. N1-PSP-11, High Activity Drywell Atmos. Samp. and __
Rev: Analysis - 1
- 1. N1-PSP-12, Interim troc.
High Rug.Stk. Noble Gas Rel. Rate Mon. - 1 Rev:
- m. N1-PSP-13, Sampling High Act, Rx Water 277' Turbine - 1 Rev:
- n. S-CAP-60, Dilution of Liquid & Gas Samples of High Activity - 1 Rev:
- o. EPP-11, Attachment 1 Telephone List - 1 Rev:
l 2. Clip Board - 1
- 3. Pad, Pens - 2, 3 l
I
- 4. Count Rate Meter - 1 Model #: Due Date:
GM/HP-210 Probe, (0-50k CPM) Resp. Ck: l S. Dose Race Meter - 1 Model ~
#: Due Date:
Ion Chamber, (0-5R/Hr) Resp. Ck:
- 6. Coveralls - 2 pair
! 7. Rainsuits - 2 l 8. Boot Covers - 2 pair
- 9. Rubber Boots - 2 pair .
M
-.A' EPP-10 -50 May 1983 l
EPP-10, FIGURE 15 (Cont.)' NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Cheeklist Emergency Vehicles Inventory Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Sianature/Date
- 9. Rubber Gloves - 2 pair
- 10. Cotton Gloves - 2 pair
- 11. Full Face Resp. with Data Batt Cartridges - 2 Erp Date: Rec 1:
Batt Due:
- 12. Spara Resp Cartridges - 4 Exp Date:
- 13. Hood 14. Tape - 2
- 15. Misc. plastic bags - 5
- 16. Silver Zeolite Cartridges - 12 Exp Date:
- 17. TEDA Charcoal
!' Cartridges - 12 Erp Date:
- 18. Fiberglass Air Filters, 47 mm - 24
- 19. Air Samp. Coll. Env. - 24
- 20. Petri Dishes - 24
- 21. *High Volume Air Sampler with spara fuse, DC-1
{ #: Due Date: 5. min run sat: ( 22. *High Volume Air Sampler with- ' _ l spare fuse, AC-1
. #: Due Date: 5 min run sat:
- 23. Head for Sampler - 1
- 24. Flashlights - 3 Data Batt Repli Batt Due:
- 25. "D" Cell Batteries - 6 . Date Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 26. Keys to Envir. Sta. -1
- 27. Atomic Wipes - 12
- 28. Atomic Sassrs - 50
- 29. Film Badges - 2 Date:
- 30. Dosimeter (0-500ar) - 2 Zero ok: Cal. Due Date:
l 31. Dosimeter Charger Date Batt Repl: Batt Due:
- 32. Speedi-Dry (50 lb bags) - 2
- 33. ** Mobile Radio #: Trans/ Rec. Ck:
- 34. Masslin cloth - 20
- 35. KI tablets - 1 bottle Exp Date:
with instructions and issue sheet
- 36. Dimes - 25
- 37. Yellow and Magenta Rope 50'-6
- 38. Assorted Radiation /Contamina- ,
tion Tags
- 39. Check Source - 1 Ser. e
- 40. Extension Cord - 1 -
- 41. (Misc)
- 42. (Misc) - -
7~ ~ ' l 43. (Misc) EPP-10 -51 May 1983
'L.. ... . . . . - . . . . ~ . ,
EPP-10, FIGURE 15 (Cont.). C NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist Emergency Vehicles Inventory II. Misc. Emeraency Vehtele Equi m t Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Verified By Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 1. Chemistry & Radiation Management On-call vehicle #
- a. *AC Inverter - 1 # 5 min. run sat:
- b. ** Mobil Radio - 1 # Tx/Rx Ck:
- c. (Misc)
- 2. Chemistry & Radiation Management Environmental Vehicle #
- a. *AC Inverter - 1 # 5 min. run sat:
- b. ** Mobile Radio - 1 7 Tx/Rx Ck:
- c. (Misc)
- 3. Operations On-Call vehicle #
- a. *AC Inverter - 1 F 5 min. run sat:
- b. **?obile Radio - 1 # Tx/2x Ck:
- c. (M'sc) 4
- 4. Techair=1 Services On-Call
! Vehicle #
- l. a. ** Mobile Radio - 1 7 Tx/Rx Ck:
- b. (Misc)
- c. (Misc)
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE
~
- Perform with vehicle operating, using an AC-High Volume Air Sampler loaded with particulate filter and charcoal cartridge.
** State whether test message is sat. or unsat.
Emergency Planning Coordinator Date .
- Te's
~
I ' .e.^ IIP-10 -52 May 1983
i r EPP-10, FIGURE 16 - y NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Checklist Environmental Offsite Dose Estimate Cabinet Emergency Kit Inventory i Verified By
- Item /Equipadht-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks . Signature Date
- 1. Emergency Survey Binder - 1 I
- a. EPP-6, In-Plant Emergency ,
Surveys - 1 Rev:
- b. EPP-7, Downwind Radiol-ogical Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- c. EPP-12, Re-entry Procedure - 1 Rev:
- d. EPP-16, Environmental Monitoring - 1 Rev:
- e. EPP-24, Nuclear Trans-portation Accidents - 1 Rev:
- f. EPP-6/7/12, Fig.1, In-Plant / .
Downwind / Reentry Gurvey Log , - 10 Rev: l
- g. Station Floor Plana - 1 Rev:
- h. On-Site Map - 3 Rev:
- 1. Off-Site Map - 3 Rev:
- j. Oswego County Map - 3 Rev:
- k. N1-PSP-11, High Activity -
Drywell Atmos. Samp. and Analysis - 1 Rev:
- 1. N1-PSP-12, Interim Proc.
High Eng.Stk. Noble Gas Rel. Rate Mon. - 1 Rev:
- a. N1-PSP-13, Sampling High ,
Act, Rx Water 277' Turbine - 1 Rev:
- n. S-CAP-60, Dilution of Liquid & Gas Samples of High Activity - 1 Rev:
- o. EPP-11, Attachment 1, Telephone List - 1 Rev:
t l l . l -
~ 2, EPP-10 -53 May 1983 i
l l _-- _ . ._ -
s.- - - ( EPP-10, FIGURE 16 (Continued)
- . NMP EMERG2NCY EQUIPMENT Checklisc Environmental Offsite Dose Estimate Cabinet Emergency Kit Inventory Kit Location Verified By Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date l
j 2. 20 mile radius map - 1 a) Wing Nut b) Wheel Free c) Condition
- 3. 4 mile radius map - 1 a) Wing Nut b) Wheel Free c) Condition ~
~
d) Indez
- 4. Dose estimator calculator -1 l a) Free to turn i b) Condition t 5. *4 "C" Cell Battaries for Date Batt Repl:
i 7" Modified Teletector Batt Due:
- 6. Map Reference Binder l
- Control Room Only l
l . 7. Clip Board - 1 l 8. Pad, Pens - 2, 3
- 9. (Misc)
- 10. (Misc)
- 11. (Misc)
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE Emergency Planning Coordinator Date
~:y EPP-10 -54 May 1983
-A
. . . ,~
. . e.
a4 * , 4
+ #
\
EPP-10, FIGURE 17 ' NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - ' Operations Support Center Kit
~ '
Kit Locations i % Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity s Vecified By Serial #/ Remarks Si_piature/Date -
- 1. Pads of Paper - 18
- 2. Clip Boards - 12
- 3. Pena - 24 -
- 4. Message Forms - 200
- 5. Water Color Markers - 12 ]
- 6. Area Radiation Monitor - 1 ~
# Due Date 10 nin run sat: '
- 7. NMPNS Site Emergency Plan (Vol 1-3) -1 -
Copy # Rev: Date
- 8. Assignment Binders s
-6 -
~
- 9. OSC Organization Chart
, with plastic overlay - 1
- 10. OSC Step-Off Pad Kit +
i a) Count Ra.te Meter-1 Model # Due Date ' l (
-s GM/HP-210 Probe, (0-50k CPM) Resp. Ck: ,
, b) Check source-1 Serial # .__ ( c) Step-Off Pads - 4 ' d) Yellow & Magenta x Rope - 100 ft - 1 . e) Plastic booties - 40 -__ '_ - f) Signs - Radioactive Material (Paper) - 40 g) Tape - 1 roll h) Radiation Sign and Inserts - 3 s ! s' N 1 i D-
'M
-- }
a ( EPP-10 -53 ' May 1983 s~ I w
I -
' 'x l- #
^
, j e
r; , f <
, N,
' ^ EPP-10, FIGURE 17 (Cont.)
[ s m ,, NMP EMERGENCF EQUIPMENT f
- ) Checklist
Operihtons'StsgortCenterKit
' Kit Lbestions
~
s _
.4
-,4 y **
Verified By U :cm/Eculpment-Min. Quantity ^ Serial f/demarks Signature /Date
- 11. Assorted Plastic Bags '
^ 12. *Po sable Radio-6d' Tx/Rx Gk:,
c
, t (High n
Ban,d) .
.. S wc-i ,' ,.
P - js -
- 13. OSC Protective Clothing Kit
~
~ - a) CoveraJ1s - 20 , b) Full Face Respiratori Date Batt Repl: ! ! and voice amplifier Exp Data; Batt Due: [ W/Canaisters ,20 L g (' c) Rubber Shoe Covers (L, h) - 20 pr _ l d) . Cotton Boot Covers , l
- 20 pr '
e) Cotton Hoods - 20 fb Cotton Gloves.- 20 pr - g!' Macking Tape - 10 rolls l h) Flashlights 20 Date Batt Repli
. . - Batt Due:
i) "D"; call Batteries - 40 Date Batt Repl:
. Batt Due:
j) '
' DoIt1 meters 0-5R - 20 .Zero Ok: -
Cal Due Date: k) Donmeter charger Date Batt % pl: l (on wall) Batt Due: 14.-Wall Telepha ns - 3
' ~
~
- a. outsidecline - 2
' b. ISC - Das:tge Chuirol and Repairs 1
- c. TSC - Chem & Rad Mgt - 1
- 15. (Misc) ~
- 16. (Misc) - -
- 17. (liisc) >
- 18. (Misc) - - . .
<-r
-ITZhS RESOLVED BY/DATE It
- State whether test message is sat or unsat l g L
il* ' ' Emergency Planning Coordinator __ Date EPP-10 -56 May 198.1 1 f
.- EPP-10, FIGURE 18 ,
( NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT - Checklist Emeraency Communication System kuda
- 1. NYS Radiological Emergency Communication System (RECS) Hotline
- Circuit Number Verified by Agency Contacted Remarks Signature /Date a) Nine Mile Point Control Room b) Fitzpatrick Control Room c) Oswego County Warning Point d) Cawego County EOC**
e) NYS ODP Central District ** i f) NYS Dept of Radiological Health ** l g) NYS Division of State Police { (Alternate State Warning Point) l f- h) NYS ODP Radiological (State EOC)** (. 1) NYS Warning Point ~ j) Nearsight EOF ~ k) AEOF
- 2. NRC Emergency Operations Center (ENS-Hotline)**
Circuit Number L Verified by Agency Contacted Person Contacted Remarks Signature /Date NRC Headquarters
- 3. NRC Health Physics Network (HPN Hotline)***
Circuit Number Verified by Asency Contacted Person Contacted Remarks Signature /Date a) NRC Headquarters #22 _ b) NRC Regional Office J23 - 9 I w EPP-10 -57 May 1983 I
-+ ,- --.,,w- p -
_.m_.7 ,..--,.._-.,,,.,_,,.y,9,_,, , _ - . . _ . _ , . _ -
i .. EPP-10, FIGURE 18 (Cont.) NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT Ch=cklist i Emergency Communication System , Location
- 4. Dedicated Lines (Hot ines)
Verified'oy Co-mications Link Utilized Person Contacted Signature /Date a) TSC-EOF b) TSC-EOF
- c) TSC-OSC
- d) TSC-OSC
- e) TSC-CR
- f) TSC-Corporate EOC
- _ _ . . .
g) EOF-Security
- O _
h) EOF-Corporate EOC
- y D .
i) EOF-Jac.
- _
j) JNC-Corporate EOC *
- 5. Radio Communications Verified by
_ Communications Link Utilized Person Contacted Signature /Date a) TSC Base Stations
- 1. Voice Communication
- 2. Pager b) CR Base Station
- 1. Voice Communication
- 2. Pager c) Oswego County EOC Base Station d) Corporate EOC Base Station e' Oswego County Fire Control Base Station f) EOF Base Station g) AEOF Base Station l
- 6. Misc
*Proprietr .information. For controlled copies onl,
~
TM
~- i EPP-10 -58 May 1983
L. __ _ . -- - ----- e EPla-10, FIGURE 18 (Cont.) ( ' NMP EMERGENCY EQUIP.'ENT Checklist Emergency Communication System Location '
*Rafer to Attachaeut 1 for NYS RECS Procedure and message content.
A recall of this station is not required if no .nswer is received.
*** Message Content (1) This is the Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station (2) Testing individuals name and number (3) This is a test of the emergency communication system utilized to activate the (NRC or Health Physics) radiological emergency response network from the NMPNS if receptica is clear.
(state locat. ion). Ask (4) This ends a test of the NMPNS emergency communication system. l ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE
~
C t Emergsney P1=aaing Coordinator hte ( l l i l
~
.7
~-
i EPP-10 -59 May 1983 l
- _ _ . _ , . ~ _ _ . - . . _ _ ,_ _. _ . _ _
EPP-10, FIGURE 19 NMP EM EG MCY EQUIPMENT . C. Checklist i SCBA Surveillance Sheet MEH 9 i en e TANK REGUIATOR VOICE PK ****
* ** ** DATE TANK AIR HYIRO OVERHAUL INSPECTION OP BATT PRESSURE t
LOCATION CASE # DATE ID # ID # DATE DATE CK REPL (PSIG) I
. g
. l l ! t I I I I l I a C I I l 1 I I ! l I I l l I ! l I l I ! ! VRIFIED BY/DATE ,,_
- Emergency Planning Coordinator Date TANK HYDRO REQU EED EVERY 5 YEARS.
INSPECTION OF REGULATOR RECOMMENDED EVRY $ YEARS IN CONJUNCTION WITH TANK HYDRO. THIS MAY OR MAY NOT REQUIkE A COMPLETE OVRHAUL. STATE WHE'HER OPERABILITY IS SATISFACTORY. NOTE DATE BAITERY REPLACED.
**** MINIMUM ALLOWABLE PRESSURE 2000 PSIG.
. EPP-10 -60 May 1983 T y
~. a,
r- EPP-10, FIGURE 20 , ( NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLISTS NINE MILE POINT UNIT d2 l I. EMERGENCY PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION KIT Kit Location Verified by Itas/ Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Sianature/Date
- 1. Paper Bath Towels - 25
- 2. Paper Hand Towels - 2 phas
- 3. Disposable Plastic Gloves
- 1 box
- 4. Assorted Plastic Bags
- 5. Disposable Coversus -
1 box ( 6. Plastic Booties - 100
- 7. Antiseptic soap - 1 1 tr.
bottle
- 8. Pren shampoo-3/60 al.
bottles
- 9. Alconor - 1 liter bottle
- 10. Tide - 1 20 oz. box H. Rad. Con - 2: cans C,. 12. Cotton Tip Swabs - 100
- 13. Surgical Scrub Brushes - 10
- 14. 150 al Beakers - 6
- 15. Masking Tape - 2 rolls
- 16. Grey Duct Tape - 1 ro u
,, 17. Stepoff Pads - 4
- 18. YeH ow & Magenta Rope - 50 ft. .
- 19. Assorted Radiation / _
Contamination Tags ,.
- 20. Dosimeters (0-500 mR)-6 Zero Ok: Due Date
- 21. Dosimeter Charger - 1 Data Batt Repl:
Batt Due:
- 22. Count Rate Meter - 1 GM/HP-210 Probe, (0-50k CPM) Model #: Due Date Resp. Ck:
- 23. Sample Envelopes - 12
- 24. I4nolin - 1 bottle
- 25. Trash Recepta-le - 1
- 26. Bandage Scissors - 1 l 27. Masslin cloth - 20
- 28. Soap Bars - 10
- 29. (Misc.)
- 30. (Misc.)
- 31. (Misc.)
l
'. m,
~
EPP-10 -61 May 1983 "I t 1
. .- . ~
EPP-10, FIGURE 20 (Cont.) ( NINE MILE POINT UNIT d2 II. Emeraency Personnel Monitoring Kit Kit Location Verified by Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Sianature/Date
- 1. Coveraun - 8
- 2. Cotton Glove Liners - 20
- 3. Rubber Glovee - 8 pair
- 4. Cotton Gloves - 8 pair
- 5. Cotton Boot covers - 8 pr.
- 6. Rubber Shoe Covers (XL) -
8 pair
- 7. Cotton Hoods - 8
- 8. Masking Tape - 4
- 9. Fun Face Respirators w/cannisters.- 8 Exp Date:
- 10. Yeu ow and Magenta Rope 50 ft. - 8
. H. Stepoff Pads - 16
- 12. Grey Duct Tape - 8
- 13. Dosimeters (0-500 mR) - 8 Zero Ok Due Date
- 14. Dosimeter Charger - 1 Date Batt Rep 1:
Batt Due:
- 15. Count Rate Meters - 6 GM/HP-210 Probe, (0-50k CPM) a. Model i Due Date Resp. Ck:
- b. Model # Due Date
. Resp. Ck:
- c. Model # ~
Due Date Resp. Ck '
- d. Mode.1 a Due Date l
Resp. Ck
- e. Model # aus Date ___
Resp. Ck:
- f. Model # Due Date~~
Resp. Ck:
- 16. Check Source -1 Ser. #
- 17. (Misc)
- 18. (Misc)
- 19. (Misc) l l ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE Emergency Plann Ng Cooidisator
.m Date ~~~b l EPP-10 -o2 May 1983
i . _ ..___. _ . . e 1 1 1 e EPP-10, FI3URE 21 * ( Emeraency "LD Checklist TLD Verified By ID # Location Description TLDd In TLD# Out Condition Signaturs/Date A-1 *
/
B-1 e
, /
C-0 , l l'
- l D-1 .
/
D-3
/
E-3 * .
/
E-5 *
- . /
E-8 . p p / F-3 ~ l F-5 *
/
F-7
- m
/
G-4
- e m
/
*Propreitory infornation. -
For controlled coyies only. 'W
~
i EPP-10 -63 May 1983 'N
I .. .. ... '.___ .._. __. ..2 .
~
( EPP-10, FIGURE 21 (Continued) Emergency TLD Checklist TLD ID # Verified By Location Description TLDd In TLDd Out Condition Signature / Data
~*
G-7 _ ,
/
G-9' *
/
H-2
- k
/
~
H-5 *
/
H-7 *
/
. C J-2 ,
/
J-5 .
/
J-6 , s
/
J-7 *
/
K-2 * .
/
K-5 .
*Proprietory information.
For controlled copies only.
~
- 71B
~
-! EPP-10 -64 May 1983 ' '#
EPP-10, FIGURE 21 Emergency TLD Checklist , E Verified By ID # Location Description TLDd In TLDd Out Condition Signature /Date K-7
- g
/
L-2
- g
/
L-3 *
/
L-4
- e _.
/
l L-7
~
, /
M-2
/
~
N-1 *
/
t-o_1 *
/
P * ,
/
Q-1
- i l
*Proprietory information. For i controlled copies only.
l l l l l M i EPP-10 -65 May 1983 M l I I m . - - - , , -,e,--,, . .p--,-..--.-,.-..,,,_.,,..,,,_,-,,_--------,_,,n -
, , , , ,,,,--,,,,----,-----,w,,_, - - - - , - - - - - - , - - - , -
EPP-10, FIGURE 21 { Emergency TLD Checklist TLD Verified By ID # Location Description TLD4 In TLDd Out Condition Signature /Date Controls -2 NMPNS Administration Bldg. on Lead Pig j
/
- Attach TLD results to this checklist.
ITIMS RES /C7D BY/DATE
/
/
/
/
Emergency P1*aning Coordinator: Date
,e -
l l I 1
.a EPP-10 -66 May 1983 . v,d C
4 EPP-10, FIGURE 22 , NMP Emergency Equipment Checklist Portable Emergency Personnel Decon Kit
. Location Verified by Iten/ Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 1. Coveralls - 6
- 2. Paper Bath Towels - 10
- 3. Paper Towels - 3
- 4. Disposable Gloves - 1 box
- 5. Assorted Plastic Bags
- 6. 4 x 4 Steri Pada - 1 box
- 7. Scissors, Bandage Type - 1
- 8. Antiseps!: Soap - 1 ltr.
- 9. T=aalia -1
- 10. Tide - 1 A0 oz. box
- 11. Alconox - 1 Itr. bottle
- 12. Titanitsa Dioxide - 3
- 13. Potassium Permanganate -- 3
- 14. Sodium Bisulfite - 3
- 15. Prell Sbampoo - 2 60ml. oottles i 16. Shaving Cream - 1
- 17. Disposable Razors - 12
- 18. Cotton Swabs - 300
- 19. Plastic Booties - 50
.. 20. 150 ml Baskers _6
- 21. Rad con - 2
- 22. Surgical Scrub Brushes - 10 1 23. M==lri ng Tape 2 - 3 l 24. Soap Bars - 10 l
- 25. (Mise)
- 26. (Misc)
- 27. (Misc)
ITEMS RESOLVED BY/DATE Emergency Planning Coordinator Date t EPP-10 -67 May 1983 ~l l
l EPP-10 FIGURE 23
\
NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST Personnel Decontamination Room Supplies Kit Location Verified by: Item / Equipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Signature /Date
- 1. Coveralls - 6 i
- 2. Paper Bath Towels - 1 carton
( 3. Paper hand towels - 6 Disposable gloves - 1 box 4.
- 5. Assorted Plastic bags - 30
- 6. 4 x 4 steri pads - 1 box
- 7. Scissors (bandage type)-1
- 8. Complete First Aid Kit - 1
- 9. Antiseptic soap-2 liter bels.
- 10. Tide 20 oz. - 2
- 11. Lanolin - 2
- 12. Alconox - 2 liter bottles
- 13. Titanium Dioxide - 3
- 14. Potassium Permanganate - 3 i 15. Sodium Bisulfite - 3
- g. 16. Prell shampoo-4 60 al. btls.
- 17. Shaving cream - 2 cans
- 18. Disposible razors - 12
- 19. Cotton-swabs - 300
- 20. Plastic booties - 50 pair
- 21. 150 al. plastic beakers - 6
~
- 22. Rad Con. - 4
- 23. Surgical Scrub brushges - 10 l 24. Half face respirators w/ filters.
- 25. Spare respirator filters-6
- 26. Masking tape - 2
- 27. Grey duct tape - 1
- 28. Step off pads - 4
- 29. Sample envelopes - 12
- 30. Trash receptical - 1
- 31. Masslin cloth - 20
- 32. Assorted Radiation / Contamination Tags =
- 33. Soap Bars - 10
- 34. (Misc.)
- 35. (Hiac.)
- 36. (Misc.) '
Items Resolved By/Date Emergency Planning Coordinator Date EPP-lu -oo May luo.3 7
- ep
EPP-10 FIGURE 24 (, NMP EMERGENCY EQUIPMD(T - CHECKLIST Damane Repair Supplies Verified by: Ites/Eauipment-Min. Quantity Serial f/Reserks Sianature/Date
- 1. 500 ft Triplex 4/0 Cu 5 KV insulated cable with 1/0 cu. SKV insulated ground /
l 2. 500 ft Duplez #2 AWG Cu, ! 600V insulated cable /
- 3. 100 ft 2 conductor #10 Cu 60V insulated cable /
- 4. 10 f t 1 conductor #12 SIS Wire /
- 5. 4 Kerite Co. Splice Kits, No. S-3018 or equivalent /
- 6. 2 Karite Co. Splice Kits, No. S-3001 or equivalent -/
- 7. 2 Karite Co. Termination Kits, No. T-4018 or equivalent /
- 8. 2 Karite Co. Termination Kits, No. T-4001 or equivalent /
9, 2 Kellens Cable Support Grips Model No. RR250-EE or equivalent /
- 10. 2 Kellens cable Support Grips Model No. RR150-RE or equivalent /
- 11. 8 BurndyHyline No. YS28, 9
#4/0 splices or equivalent /
- 12. 2 Burndy Hyline No. YS2C,
#2 splices or equivalent /
- 13. 1 Burndy Hylink No. YSM27, parallel splices or equivalent /
- 14. 1 Burr.dy Hylink No. YSM25, i
parallel splices or equivalent /
- 15. 3 Burndy Hylug No. TA28-2N 4/0 terafnal or equivalent /
~
- 16. - 1 Burndy Hylug No. YA25-2N 1/0 terminal or equivalent /
I
- 17. 8 Burndy Hylug No. TA2C-2N
#2 terminal or equivalent /
- 18. 2 Burndy Reducing Adaptor No.' T2825R or equivalent /
- 19. 2 Burndy Reducing Adaptor No. Y2826R or equivalent /
1 l EPP-10 -69 May 1983 *
- ,k
, , , , , . ._.-.,y . _ , . , _ . - - . .- ,,,,_.,..e,.,, - - , ,,.y_,,.,_.,,,.,,-,n~,___
i... _ . _ . - . . . .. .... . EPP-10 FIGURE 24 ( (Continued) , NMP DERGENCY EQUIPMENT CHECK 1IST Damane Repair Supplies Verified by: s Ites/Eeuipment-Min. Quantity Serial #/ Remarks Sianature/Date-
- 20. 4 Burndy Hylus Ring - tongue terminals - No. YAY 10-T3 or equivalent /
- 21. 2 Fuse 6 amp (for powerboard
' 171 control circuit) /
- 22. 1 Burndy Hytool Crimping tool MY28 or equivalent /
- 23. 1 Burndy crimping Tool Y10ME-4 or equivalent /
- 24. 1 Breaker Elevator Hand Crank (GE for Magne blast circuit breaker) /
- 25. 1 Hassaw and 20 extra blades /
- 26. 1 5/8" ratchet wrench (for breaker closing spring charging) / 9
- 27. 2 sets - Wrenches and screw-drivers to cable and wire disconnection ._._
/
28, 2 sets - Cable cutting and - splicing tools /
- 29. 2 Insulated fuse puller /
- 30. 3 sets - Bus grounding cables /
Items Resolved , By/Date
/
/
1
/
/
I Nuclear Generation Storeroom Supervisor Date Emergency PI - ing Coordinator Date . EPP-10 -70 May 1983 7
. ; m
ATTACHMENT 1 C . PROCEDURES FOR NEW YORK STATE RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (RECS) In the event of a radiological incident requiring a report (initial and fonowup notificaton fact sheets) to Counties and State, the Nuclear Facility Operators, Counties and State agencies win comply with the fonowing procedures. II. NINE MILE POINT NUCLEAR STATION and JAMES A. FITZPATRICK NUCLEAR POWER PIANT A. LICENSEES
- 1. Control Room operator will pick up handset which activates automatic ring.** Af ter ringing stops, operator will announce:
"THIS IS TO REPORT AN INCIDENT AT (SITE). STAND BY FOR ROLL CALL." (Conduct roll call to include the fo n owing stations:)
" Oswego County Warning Point -
NYS Warning Point (ODP during duty hours, State Police during non-duty hours)" During duty hours, the fonowing station may be active to receive information.
*** NYS Health Department (Radiological Health)
*** NYS ODP Radiological (State EOC)
*** NYS ODP Central District
*** Oswego County EDC i *** These stations do not have to be present on telephone before licensee operator begins message information. If these stations want repeat of information, State Warning Point will comply.
NOTE #1 - During non-duty hours, the State Police win notify and give information to personnel listed on notification lists maintained by the State Health Department and State ODP via commercial telephone (see Attachments 5& 6). State ODP i will notify and give information to ODP Central District in l accordance with its notification procedures via commercial I telephone. NOTE d2 - In the event Oswego County Warning Point does not answer ron call, licensee operator will proceed with information, ODP Central District (during duty hours) or State Warning Point (during non-duty hours) win be responsible to notify Oswego County Warning Pont and give required infornation.
- 7g i -? EPP-10 -71 May 1983 '!
1
e r { ATTACHMENT 1 , (Continued)
- 2. Upon completion of rou can, operator will give information outlined on Initial Notification Fact Sheet (see Attachment 9).
- 3. Operator win again can rou, by saying, "(NAME OF STATION) did you copy?"
- 4. Operator will sign off by saying, "(LICENSEE NAME) out at (TIME)
IACAL and (DATE)".
- 5. Operator win record dissemination of information on log.
- b. COUNTY WARNING POINT (EOC)
- 1. When phone rings (beehive light ON), operator will pick up handset af ter hearing its station name being caned, identify by saying, "THIS IS OSWEGO COUNTY, (NAME) speaking."
- 2. Operator win take information as given by licensee operator and copy on Initial Notification Fact Sheet (see attachment 9).
- 3. Af ter hearing its name, operator win answer, "0SWEGO COUNTY copied."
z
- 4. Operator will sign off by hanging up har.dset.
- 5. Operator will record receipt of information on log.
- 6. Operator win notify County officials in accoraance with County implementing Procedures.
C. STATE WARNING POINT (EOC)
- 1. When phone rings (beehive light ON), operator will pick up handset aftering hearing its station name being called, identify by saying, "THIS IS STATE WARNING POLNT (STAIE EOC), (NAME) speaking."
- 2. Operator win take information as given by licensec. operator and copy on Initial Notification Fact Sheet (See Attachment 9).
i
- 3. After hearing its name, operator will answer, " STATE WARNLNG POINT copied."
i
- 4. Operator win sign off by hanging up handset.
i I
~
--M i EPP-10 -72 May 1983
i ._ . . . . .. . . { ATTACHMENT 1 , s (Continued) s
- 5. Operator win record receipt of information on log.
IF AFTER DUTY HOURS - State Police operator win call via commercial telephone, State Health Department personnel (Attachment 5), then can State ODP personnel (Attachment 6) and tran==1t information received. (See Note #1). IF AFTER DUTY HOURS - State CDP win call via commercial telephone, ODP Central District personnel (DMNA Directory) and transmit information received. (See note #1 above). AFTER DUTY HOURS - If Oswego County Warning Point does not answer ro u call, State Police operator will notify Oswego County Warning Peint and give required information. (See Note
#2).
- 6. Operator will notify State officials in accordance with State implementing procedures (Part III, Section 1B, NYS Radiological -
Emergency Preparedness Plan). D. STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT
- 1. When phone rings (beehive light ON), operator win pick up handset after hearing its station name being called, identify by saying. "THIS IS STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT, (NAME) speaking."
- 2. Operator will take information as given by licensee operator and copy on Initial Notification Fact Sheet (see Attachment 9).
- 3. After h==Hn- its name, operator will answer " STATE HEALTH DEPARTMENT copied."
- 4. Operator will sign off by hanging up handmet.
- 5. Operator will record receipt of information on log.
IF AFTER DUTY HOURS - Health Department personnel will be notified by State Police personnel and copy the information received. (See Note #1). G. Operator will notify Health Department officials in accordanct with the Department's procedures. l i 1 i
. ~=P i
'EPP-10 -73 May 1983 -
l
,a AITACHMENT 1 C_ (Continued) -
E. ODP CENTRAL DISTRICT
- 1. When phone rings (beehive light ON), operator will pick up handset after hearing its station anae being called, identify by saying, "THIS IS ODP CENTRAL DISTRICT, (NAME) speaking."
- 2. Operator will taken information as given by licensee operator '
and copy on Initial Notification Fact Sheet (see Attachment 9).
- 3. After hearing its name, operator will answer, "0DP CENTRAL
, DISTRICT copied."
- 4. Operator will sign off by hanging up handset.
- 5. Opertor will record receipt of information on log.
IF AFTER DUTY HOURS - ODP Central District personnel will be notified by State ODP and copy the information received. (See - Note #1). j If Oswego' County Warning Point doesn't answer, ODP Central District will notify said station and transmit the information received. (See Note #2)
- 6. Operator will notify District officials in accordance with District procedures.
- RECS test procedures are covered in Attachment 2.
**At present only the Indian Point RECS has a manual ring
, capability. NMPNS/JAFNPP RICS has an automatic ring j capability.
i i l { 1 _ j EPP-10 -74 May 1983 1 1
- - . . , . . , , y. . ,, . . - . . . - , . . . , - - - - _ , - - - - - , , - . ~ . - . , , - - - . - - - - - , - , . - - . - .
- i ,_
J f ATIACHMENT 1 . (Continued) TEST PROCEDURES FOR NEW YORK STATE RADIOLOGICAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (RECS)
- 1) NYS Warning Point (NYSWP) wiu depress ring button and re' lease.* After ringing stops, NYSWP will pick up handset and announce: "THIS IS A TEST.
REPEAT. THIS IS A TEST. This is NYS WARNING POINT e=114M au stations. Stand by for ro n can." (NYSWP WILL CALL ROLL ACCORDING TO SEQUENCE OF CALLS IN 10 BELOW)
- 2) All stations will lift up handset and answer rou call after hearing ring and its station name over loudspeaker by saying, "(NAME OF STATION)
TEST." (D0 NOT LIFT UP HANDSET UNTIL YOUR STATION IS cATT n .)
- 3) After completing rou can, NYSWP win recan au stations not answering, saying, "NYS WARNING POINT recalline (NAME OF STATION NOT ANSWERING)."
(NAME OF STATION REcatTE) will answer using terminology in 2 above.
- 4) NYSWP win sign off by saying, "END OF TEST, NYS WARNING POINT out at (TIME) LOCAL AND (DATE)."
- 5) All stations 'will log results (the Radiological Emergency Communications System Log enclosed may be used).
6)~ All stations not answering initial test win be called on commercial ! telephone by NYSWP for reasons. Problems win be reported immediately to the trouble number reporting circuit failed. (CIRCUIP 'AILURES WILL BE RECORDED IN RED INK ON LOGS)
- 7) If 'ircuit failures occur, station that has failure win can by coma M2 telephone, NYSUP and appropriate County Warning Point (s) and report outage and time when back in servi,_.
- 8) TEST SCHEDULE - Tests win be conducted bi-weekly on Tuesdays preceding the bi-weekly NAWAS tests according to the fo n oring:
l A) Indian Point at 9:45 a.m. B) Nine Mile Point at 9:30 a.m. Test schedules win be issued by NYSWP.
- 9) Unannounced tests win be conducted as necessary.
*At present only the Indian Point Unit 2 and Unit 3 RECS has a =anual ring capability, NMPNS/JAFNPP RECS has an automatic ring capability.
7
-s*
EPP-10 -75 May 1983
l .. .__- . t t 8 f ATTACHMENT 1 (Continued)
- 10) SEQUENCE OF ROLL CALL NMP/JAF - called in the following order:
Nina Mile Point Control Room FitzPatrick Control Roos Oswego County Warning Point
- Oswego County EOC NYS ODP Central District NYS Department of Health (Radiological Health)
NYS Division of State Police (Alternate State Warning Point) NYS ODP Radiological (State EOC) NYS Warning Point (Other licensee operational areas having RECS phones will be tested by licensee) 1 i
'7M
-A EPP-10 -76 May 1983 I -
1 _ _ _. _, - - - --
i f' ATTACHMENT 1 ' l (Continued) NEW YORK STATE RADIOIDGICAL EMERGENCY COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM + IDG Month Year Date Local Time Trom/To Tyne of Call / Message Summary Rec.By i i i i 1 5 i
. _ _ q I
l h
. .- m_ .
' EPP-10 -77 May 1983
~
i
ATTACHMENT 1 (Cont.) Radiological Emergency Amunications System (RECS) Nine Mile Point Nuclear' Station MMPNS) & James A. Fit: Patrick fluclear Power Plant (JAFitPP) ( NYS Warning Point Albany flYS EOC flYS Albany Department of
\ Health
/ Albany
\
/
\
\ /
'4' /
s Oswego County g / Warning Point Central District
-- 0:wego s / ODP s f Oncida
\ / ,
/
/
, /
c / k Oswego County N( EOC - - - ~ ~ ~ ,,,y.,,..,,,,,,,' JAFNPP
- Fu1 ton TSC p Cs' ..
O '. e W. .
- '. c ' - '%.
C NMP/JAF c '#. 6:. EOC
'o
'%.si . c q<c,.
NMPNS (NF0) CR tlMPNS TCS JAFNFP (NFO) CR LEGEilD: manned 24 hours
- - - - manned during duty hours occooco manned during emergencies and exercises This c =unication system is activated by any party pickinc uo its RECS instrument.
All parties are activated simutaneously on sa5e line. -
-- ~
, Td. .j.:
EPP-10 -/s may 1983 k}}